Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)
Securities Act File No. 333-229337

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(to Prospectus dated May13, 2020)

$70,000,000

Oxford Square Capital Corp.

5.50% Notes due 2028

Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio’s total return. Our primary current focus is to seek an attractive risk-adjusted total return by investing primarily in corporate debt securities and collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) structured finance investments that own corporate debt securities. CLO investments may also include warehouse facilities, which are financing structures intended to aggregate loans that may be used to form the basis of a traditional CLO vehicle. We may also invest in publicly traded debt and/or equity securities. We operate as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company and have elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The portfolio companies in which we invest, however, will generally be considered below investment grade, and their debt securities may in turn be referred to as “junk.” A portion of our investment portfolio may consist of debt investments for which issuers are not required to make significant principal payments until the maturity of the senior loans, which could result in a substantial loss to us if such issuers are unable to refinance or repay their debt at maturity. In addition, many of the debt securities we hold typically contain interest reset provisions that may make it more difficult for a borrower to repay the loan, heightening the risk that we may lose all or part of our investment.

We are offering $70.0million in aggregate principal amount of 5.50% notes due 2028, which we refer to as the “Notes.” The Notes will mature on July31, 2028. We will pay interest on the Notes on January31, April30, July 31 and October 31 of each year, beginning on July31, 2021. We may redeem the Notes in whole or in part at any time, or from time to time, on or after May31, 2024, at the redemption price of par, plus accrued interest, as discussed under the caption “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption” in this prospectus supplement. The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25 and integral multiples of $25 in excess thereof.

The Notes will be our direct unsecured obligations and rank pari passu, which means equal to, all outstanding and future unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness issued by us, including our 6.50% Unsecured Notes due 2024 (the “6.50% Unsecured Notes”) and our 6.25% Unsecured Notes due 2026 (the “6.25% Unsecured Notes”), of which we had $64.4million and $44.8million outstanding, respectively, as of March31, 2021. Because the Notes will not be secured by any of our assets, they will be effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The Notes will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries, CLO vehicles in which we hold an equity interest and financing vehicles since the Notes are obligations exclusively of Oxford Square Capital Corp. and not of any of our subsidiaries. The Notes will not be required to be guaranteed by any subsidiary we may acquire or create in the future. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes, and any assets of our subsidiaries will not be directly available to satisfy the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes.

The Notes will also rank pari passu, which means equal to, our general liabilities. In total, these general liabilities were approximately $13.6million as of March31, 2021. We currently do not have outstanding debt that is subordinated to the Notes and do not currently intend to issue indebtedness that expressly provides that it is subordinated to the Notes. Therefore, the Notes will not be senior to any indebtedness or obligations.

We intend to list the Notes on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and we expect trading to commence thereon within 30 days of the original issue date under the trading symbol “OXSQG.” The Notes are expected to trade “flat.” This means that purchasers will not pay, and sellers will not receive, any accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes that is not included in the trading price. Currently, there is no public market for the Notes and there can be no assurance that one will develop.

Please read this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before investing in the Notes, and keep each for future reference. This prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in the Notes. We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information about us with the SEC. This information is available free of charge by contacting us by mail at 8 Sound Shore Drive, Suite 255, Greenwich, CT 06830, by telephone at (203) 983-5275 or on our website at http://www.oxfordsquarecapital.com. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains such information. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, except documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.

Investing in the Notes involves a high degree of risk and should be considered speculative. For more information regarding the risks you should consider, including the risk of leverage, please see “Supplementary Risk Factors” beginning on page S-18 of this prospectus supplement and “Risk Factors” on page 14 of the accompanying prospectus and under similar headings in the documents that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if either this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters have agreed to purchase the Notes from us at 96.875% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (resulting in $67,812,500 in aggregate proceeds to us, before deducting expenses payable by us). The underwriters propose to offer the Notes for sale, from time to time, in one or more negotiated transactions, at prices that may be different than par. These sales may occur at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at prices negotiated by the joint book-running managers or with approval from the joint book-running managers.

	Per Note		Total
Public offering price	$	25.00	$	70,000,000
Underwriting discount (sales load)	$	0.78125	$	2,187,500
Proceeds to us before expenses(1)	$	24.21875	$	67,812,500

____________

(1)         We estimate that we will incur approximately $250,000 in offering expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting.”

The underwriters may exercise an option to purchase up to an additional $10.5million total aggregate principal amount of Notes offered hereby, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus supplement. If this option is exercised in full, the total public offering price will be $80,500,000, the total underwriting discount (sales load) paid by us will be $2,515,625, and total proceeds, before expenses, will be $77,984,375.

THE NOTES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

Delivery of the Notes in book-entry form only through The Depository Trust Company will be made on or about May20, 2021.

	Joint Book-Running Managers
Ladenburg Thalmann	B. Riley Securities	William Blair
	Lead Managers

Compass Point Incapital National Securities Corporation

The date of this prospectus supplement is May13, 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

	Page
About this Prospectus Supplement	S-ii
Summary	S-1
Specific Terms of the Notes and the Offering	S-10
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements	S-16
Supplementary Risk Factors	S-18
Use of Proceeds	S-22
Capitalization	S-23
Description of the Notes	S-24
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations	S-35
Underwriting	S-39
Legal Matters	S-43
Experts	S-43
Where You Can Find Additional Information	S-43
Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference	S-44

PROSPECTUS

SUMMARY	1
OFFERINGS	9
FEES AND EXPENSES	12
RISK FACTORS	14
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS	15
USE OF PROCEEDS	17
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS	18
SENIOR SECURITIES	21
PORTFOLIO COMPANIES	22
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE	31
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT	33
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT	36
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT	43
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS	44
DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN	50
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES	51
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK	51
DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK	58
DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS	59
DESCRIPTION OF OUR WARRANTS	61
DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES	62
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION	77
LEGAL MATTERS	79
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR	79
EXPERTS	79
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES	79
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	79
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE	80

S-i

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

We have filed a registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-229337) utilizing a shelf registration process relating to the securities described in this prospectus supplement, which registration statement was declared effective on May13, 2020.

This document is in two parts. The first part is the prospectus supplement, which describes the terms of this offering of Notes and also adds to and updates information contained in the accompanying prospectus. The second part is the accompanying prospectus, which gives more general information and disclosure. To the extent the information contained in this prospectus supplement differs from or is additional to the information contained in the accompanying prospectus, you should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the documents incorporated by reference herein. Please carefully read and consider all of the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including the information described under the headings “Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference,” “Where You Can Find Additional Information,” and “Supplementary Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement and under the headings “Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference,” “Where You Can Find Additional Information,” and “Risk Factors” included in the accompanying prospectus, respectively, before investing in our Notes.

Neither we nor Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. has authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the Notes, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is accurate as of their respective dates or such earlier date as indicated therein. Our financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. To the extent required by law, we will amend or supplement the information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus to reflect any material changes subsequent to the date of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and prior to the completion of any offering pursuant to this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

S-ii

SUMMARY

The following summary contains basic information about the offering of our Notes included elsewhere, or incorporated by reference, in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of the offering of our Notes pursuant to this prospectus supplement, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference herein or therein, as well as the documents to which we have referred in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. Together, these documents describe the specific terms of the Notes we are offering. You should carefully read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, and in Part1, Item 2 of our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for more information and the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Business,” “Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference” and our financial statements included in the accompanying prospectus and “Supplementary Risk Factors” and “Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference” in this prospectus supplement.

Except where the context requires otherwise, the terms “OXSQ,” “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Oxford Square Capital Corp.; “Oxford Square Management” refers to Oxford Square Management, LLC; and “Oxford Funds” refers to Oxford Funds, LLC.

Overview

We are a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). We have elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) beginning with our 2003 taxable year. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio’s total return. Our primary current focus is to seek an attractive risk-adjusted total return by investing primarily in corporate debt securities and collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) structured finance investments that own corporate debt securities. CLO investments may also include warehouse facilities, which are early-stage CLO vehicles intended to aggregate loans that may be used to form the basis of a traditional CLO vehicle. We may also invest in publicly traded debt and/or equity securities. As a BDC, we may not acquire any asset other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time we make the acquisition, the value of our qualifying assets represents at least 70% of the value of our total assets.

We generally expect to invest between $5.0million and $25.0million in each of our portfolio investments, although this investment size may vary as the size of our capital base changes and market conditions warrant. We invest in both fixed and variable interest rate structures. We expect that our investment portfolio will be diversified among many investments with few investments exceeding 5% of the total portfolio.

Our capital is generally used by our corporate borrowers to finance organic growth, acquisitions, recapitalizations and working capital. Our investment decisions are based on extensive analysis of potential portfolio companies’ business operations supported by an in-depth understanding of the quality of their recurring revenues and cash flow, variability of costs and the inherent value of their assets, including proprietary intangible assets and intellectual property. In making our CLO investments, we consider the indenture structure for that vehicle, its operating characteristics and compliance with its various indenture provisions, as well as its corporate loan-based collateral pool.

Our corporate debt investments will vary, and we seek to invest across a wide range of different industries. Many of these companies have financial backing provided by other financial or strategic sponsors at the time we make an investment. The portfolio companies in which we invest, however, will generally be considered below investment grade, and their debt securities may in turn be referred to as “junk.” Our investment portfolio will likely continue to consist of debt investments for which issuers are not required to make significant principal payments until the maturity of the senior loans, which could result in a substantial loss to us if such issuers are unable to refinance or repay their debt at maturity.

We also purchase portions of equity and junior debt tranches of CLO vehicles. Substantially all the CLO vehicles in which we may invest would be deemed to be investment companies under the 1940 Act but for the exceptions set forth in section 3(c)(1) or section 3(c)(7). Other than CLO vehicles, we do not intend to invest, and we would be limited to 15% of our net assets if we did invest, in any types of entities that rely on the exceptions set forth in section 3(c)(1) or section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act. Structurally, CLO vehicles are entities that are formed

S-1

to originate and manage a portfolio of loans. The loans within the CLO vehicle are limited to loans which meet established credit criteria and are subject to concentration limitations to limit a CLO vehicle’s exposure to a single credit. A CLO vehicle is formed by raising various classes or “tranches” of debt (with the most senior tranches being rated “AAA” to the most junior tranches typically being rated “BB” or “B”) and equity. The tranches of CLO vehicles rated “BB” or “B” may be referred to as “junk.” The equity of a CLO vehicle is generally required to absorb the CLO’s losses before any of the CLO’s other tranches, yet it also has the lowest level of payment priority among the CLO’s tranches; therefore, the equity is typically the riskiest of CLO investments. We primarily focus on investing in the junior tranches and the equity of CLO vehicles. The CLO vehicles which we focus on are collateralized primarily by senior secured loans made to companies whose debt is unrated or is rated below investment grade, and generally have very little or no direct exposure to real estate, mortgage loans or to pools of consumer-based debt, such as credit card receivables or auto loans. However, there can be no assurance that the collateral securing such senior secured loans would satisfy all the unpaid principal and interest of our investment in the CLO vehicle in the event of default and the junior tranches, especially the equity tranches, of CLO vehicles are the last tranches to be paid, if at all, in the event of a default. Our investment strategy may also include warehouse facilities, which are early-stage CLO vehicles intended to aggregate loans that may be used to form the basis of a traditional CLO vehicle.

We have historically borrowed funds to make investments and may continue to do so. As a result, we are exposed to the risks of leverage, which may be considered a speculative investment technique. Borrowings, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain and loss on amounts invested and therefore increase the risks associated with investing in our securities. In addition, the costs associated with our borrowings, including any increase in the advisory fee payable to our investment adviser, Oxford Square Management, will be borne by our common stockholders.

The total fair value of our investment portfolio was approximately $320.6million and $294.7million as of March31, 2021, and December31, 2020, respectively. The increase in the value of investments during the three month period ended March31, 2021, was due primarily to net unrealized appreciation on our investment portfolio of approximately $31.0million (which incorporates reductions to CLO equity cost value of $6.0million) and $32.9million of investments acquired, which was partially offset by $16.4million of debt repayments, $1.8million of sales of investments and realized losses of $14.1million.

See “Business” in Part I, Item 1 in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information about us and our investment adviser, Oxford Square Management.

6.50% Unsecured Notes

On April12, 2017, we completed an underwritten public offering of approximately $64.4million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.50% Unsecured Notes. The 6.50% Unsecured Notes mature on March30, 2024, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after March30, 2020. The 6.50% Unsecured Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.50% per year payable quarterly on March30, June30, September30, and December 30 of each year. The 6.50% Unsecured Notes are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “OXSQL.”

6.25% Unsecured Notes

On April3, 2019, we completed an underwritten public offering of approximately $44.8million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.25% Unsecured Notes. The 6.25% Unsecured Notes mature on April30, 2026, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after April30, 2022. The 6.25% Unsecured Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.25% per year payable quarterly on January31, April30, July 31 and October 31 of each year. The 6.25% Unsecured Notes are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “OXSQZ.”

Organizational and Regulatory Structure

Our investment activities are managed by Oxford Square Management. Oxford Square Management is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the “Advisers Act.” Oxford Square Management is owned by Oxford Funds, its managing member, and Charles M. Royce, a member of our Board of Directors who holds a minority, non-controlling interest in Oxford Square Management. Jonathan H. Cohen, our Chief Executive Officer, and Saul B. Rosenthal, our President and Chief Operating Officer, directly or indirectly

S-2

own or control all of the outstanding equity interests of Oxford Funds. Under the investment advisory agreement, or the “Investment Advisory Agreement,” we have agreed to pay Oxford Square Management an annual base management fee based on our gross assets as well as an incentive fee based on our performance.

We were founded in July 2003 and completed an initial public offering of shares of our common stock in November 2003. We are a Maryland corporation and a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. As a BDC, we are required to meet certain regulatory tests, including the requirement to invest at least 70% of our total assets in eligible portfolio companies. For more information, see Item 1. Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, we have elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually, as a RIC.

Set forth below is a chart detailing our current organizational structure.

Our Corporate Information

Our headquarters are located at 8 Sound Shore Drive, Suite 255 Greenwich, Connecticut and our telephone number is (203) 983-5275.

Market Overview and Opportunity

The broader corporate loan and CLO equity market exhibited volatility in 2020. Significant weakness during the first quarter of 2020 was followed by significant strength during the remainder of the year. During the first quarter of 2020, the S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index decreased from a price of 96.72% at the end of December 2019 to 82.85% at the end of March 2020. During this period, lower credit quality loans significantly underperformed higher credit quality loans. The S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index ended the year at a price of 96.19%, with lower credit quality loans outperforming higher credit quality loans during the period of March 2020 through December 2020. For the full year, BB rated loan prices decreased 0.72%, B rated loan prices increased 0.67%, and CCC rated loan prices increased 5.46%. We believe that the significant volatility of the loan market during 2020 was driven by the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global economic outlook and individual loan issuers followed by improvement in this outlook over the course of 2020. We believe that while the U.S. loan market has stabilized, conditions continue to exhibit weakness versus the end of 2019 as exhibited by an increase in default rates to 3.8% at the end of 2020 versus 1.4% at the end of 2019. This environment may allow corporate loan and CLO managers to buy performing loan assets in the secondary market at discounts to par, which may build CLO asset value and spread over time, ultimately accruing to the benefit of CLO equity. Moreover, as we execute our corporate loan strategy of focusing primarily on smaller broadly syndicated loans, narrowly syndicated loans and private deals, through purchases in both the primary and secondary markets, we remain mindful of maintaining overall portfolio liquidity. We believe this strategy allows us to maintain corporate debt investments which have sufficient liquidity in order to take advantage of market opportunities.

S-3

Competitive Advantages

We believe that we are well positioned to provide financing to corporate borrowers and structured finance vehicles that, in turn, provide capital to corporate borrowers for the following reasons:

•        Expertise in credit analysis and monitoring investments; and

•        Established transaction sourcing network.

Expertise in credit analysis and monitoring investments

While our investment focus is on middle-market companies, we have invested, and in the future will likely continue to invest, in larger and smaller companies and in other investment structures on an opportunistic basis, including CLO investment vehicles. We believe our experience in analyzing middle-market companies and CLO investment structures, as detailed in the biographies of Oxford Square Management’s senior investment professionals, affords us a sustainable competitive advantage over lenders with limited experience in investing in these markets. In particular, we have expertise in evaluating the investment merits of middle-market companies as well as the structural features of CLO investments, and monitoring the credit risk of such investments after closing until full repayment.

•        Jonathan H. Cohen, our Chief Executive Officer, has more than 25 years of experience in debt and equity research and investment. Mr.Cohen has also served as Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Oxford Lane Capital Corp. (NasdaqGS: OXLC), a registered closed-end fund, and as Chief Executive Officer of its investment adviser, Oxford Lane Management, LLC, or “Oxford Lane Management,” since 2010. Since 2015 and 2018, respectively, Mr.Cohen has also served as Chief Executive Officer of Oxford Bridge Management, LLC, or “Oxford Bridge Management,” the investment adviser to Oxford Bridge, LLC and Oxford Bridge II, LLC (collectively, the “Oxford Bridge Funds”), and Oxford Gate Management, LLC, or “Oxford Gate Management,” the investment adviser to Oxford Gate Master Fund, LLC, Oxford Gate, LLC and Oxford Gate (Bermuda), LLC (collectively, the “Oxford Gate Funds”). The Oxford Bridge Funds and the Oxford Gate Funds are private investment funds. Previously, Mr.Cohen managed technology equity research groups at Wit Capital, Merrill Lynch, UBS and Smith Barney. Mr.Cohen is a member of the Board of Trustees of Connecticut College. Mr.Cohen received a B.A. in Economics from Connecticut College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

•        Saul B. Rosenthal, our President and Chief Operating Officer, has more than 20 years of experience in the capital markets, with a focus on middle-market transactions. In addition, Mr.Rosenthal has served as President and a Director of Oxford Lane Capital Corp. (NasdaqGS: OXLC), a registered closed-end fund, and as President of Oxford Lane Management, since 2010. Mr.Rosenthal has also served as President of Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds, since 2015 and 2018, respectively. Mr.Rosenthal was previously an attorney at the law firm of Shearman & Sterling LLP. Mr.Rosenthal serves on the board of the National Museum of Mathematics. Mr.Rosenthal received a B.S., magna cum laude, from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, a J.D. from Columbia University Law School, where he was a Harlan Fiske Stone Scholar, and a LL.M. (Taxation) from New York University School of Law.

•        Darryl Monasebian is the Executive Vice President and head of risk and portfolio management of Oxford Square Management, and also holds those same positions at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Prior to joining Oxford Square Management, Mr.Monasebian was a director in the Merchant Banking Group at BNP Paribas, and prior to that he was a director at Swiss Bank Corporation and a senior account officer at Citibank. He began his business career at Metropolitan Life Insurance Company as an investment analyst in the Corporate Investments Department. Mr.Monasebian received a B.S. in Management Science/Operations Research from Case Western Reserve University and a Masters of Business Administration from Boston University’s Graduate School of Management.

S-4

•        Debdeep Maji is a Senior Managing Director of Oxford Square Management, and also holds the same position at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., at Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Mr.Maji graduated from the Jerome Fisher Program in Management and Technology at the University of Pennsylvania where he received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from the Wharton School (and was designated a Joseph Wharton Scholar) and a Bachelor of Applied Science from the School of Engineering.

•        Kevin Yonon is a Managing Director of Oxford Square Management, and also holds the same position at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., at Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Previously, Mr.Yonon was an Associate at Deutsche Bank Securities and prior to that he was an Analyst at Blackstone Mezzanine Partners. Before joining Blackstone, he worked as an Analyst at Merrill Lynch in the Mergers & Acquisitions group. Mr.Yonon received a B.S. in Economics with concentrations in Finance and Accounting from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, where he graduated magna cum laude, and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

Established deal sourcing network

Through the investment professionals of Oxford Square Management, we have extensive contacts and sources from which to generate investment opportunities. These contacts and sources include private equity funds, companies, brokers and bankers. We believe that senior professionals of Oxford Square Management have developed strong relationships within the investment community over their years within the banking, investment management and equity research fields.

Advisory Fee

General Terms

We pay Oxford Square Management an advisory fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of a base advisory fee (the “Base Fee”) and two types of incentive fees.

The Base Fee is payable quarterly in arrears, calculated based on a percentage of the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and appropriately prorated for any partial quarter.

The incentive fees are commonly referred to as the “income incentive fee” and the “capital gains incentive fee,” with the first fee payable quarterly in arrears and the second fee payable in arrears at the end of each calendar year.

•        The first fee, which we refer to as the “Net Investment Income Incentive Fee,” is determined by reference to the Company’s “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” (as defined below). Given that this incentive fee is payable without regard to any gain, loss or unrealized depreciation that may occur during the quarter, Oxford Square Management’s incentive fee may be payable notwithstanding a decline in net asset value that quarter.

•        The second fee, which we refer to as the “Capital Gains Incentive Fee,” equals 20% of our “Incentive Fee Capital Gains,” which consists of our realized capital gains for each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for that calendar year. For accounting purposes under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the Capital Gains Incentive Fee is based on a hypothetical liquidation of the Company. In such a calculation, in order to reflect the theoretical Capital Gains Incentive Fee that would have been payable for a given period as if all unrealized gains were realized, we will accrue a Capital Gains Incentive Fee based upon net realized gains and unrealized depreciation for that calendar year (in accordance with the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement), plus unrealized appreciation on investments held at the end of the period. It should be noted that a fee so calculated and accrued would not necessarily be payable under the Investment Advisory

S-5

Agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of Capital Gains Incentive Fees in subsequent periods. Amounts paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement will be consistent with the formula in the Investment Advisory Agreement.

The cost of both the Base Fee payable to Oxford Square Management and any incentive fees earned by Oxford Square Management are ultimately borne by our common stockholders.

Calculation of Fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement and 2016 Fee Waiver

The Investment Advisory Agreement specifies the calculation of the advisory fee payable thereunder, as described in greater detail below. However, Oxford Square Management unilaterally determined to waive, under certain circumstances, part of its total fees payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement, pursuant to a fee waiver letter effective April1, 2016 (the “2016 Fee Waiver”).

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides for a series of calculations to be used in determining the Base Fee and Net Investment Income Incentive Fee payable to Oxford Square Management. The 2016 Fee Waiver operates by providing for a second series of calculations to be run alongside the calculations of the Base Fee and Net Investment Income Incentive Fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In the event that the second set of calculations produces a higher combined Base Fee and Net Investment Income Incentive Fee for any quarterly period, those combined fees are set to the original (lower) level, calculated pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. In the event that the second set of calculations produces lower combined Base Fee and Net Investment Income Incentive Fee for that quarterly period, those lower combined fees are adopted for that quarterly period. In either case, the lower level of combined fees is used for that quarter, and, accordingly, the advisory fee payable to Oxford Square Management can only be reduced, and never increased, as a result of the 2016 Fee Waiver.

Calculation of Fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement.    Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and without applying the 2016 Fee Waiver, the total advisory fee would be calculated as follows:

1)      Base Fee:    The Base Fee is calculated at an annual rate of 2.00% of our gross assets, and appropriately adjusted for any equity or debt capital raises, repurchases or redemptions during the current calendar quarter.

2)      Net Investment Income Incentive Fee:    The Net Investment Income Incentive Fee is calculated based on our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

a.      For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the Base Fee, expenses payable under our administration agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

b.      Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to one-fourth of an annual “hurdle rate.” The annual hurdle rate is determined as of the immediately preceding December 31st by adding 5.0% to the interest rate then payable on the most recently issued five-year U.S. Treasury Notes, up to a maximum annual hurdle rate of 10.0%. The annual hurdle rates for the 2020, 2019 and 2018 calendar years, calculated as of December31, were approximately 6.69%, 7.51%, and 7.20%, respectively, under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement. Our net investment income (to the extent not distributed to our shareholders) used to calculate the Net Investment Income Incentive Fee was also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 2.00% Base Fee.

S-6

c.      The operation of the incentive fee with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for each quarter is as follows:

i.       no incentive fee was payable to Oxford Square Management in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income did not exceed one fourth of the annual hurdle rate (approximately 6.69% for the 2020 calendar year).

ii.      20% of the amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds one-fourth of the annual hurdle rate (approximately 6.69% for the 2020 calendar year) in any calendar quarter was payable to Oxford Square Management (i.e., once the hurdle rate is reached, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income thereafter was allocated to Oxford Square Management).

3)      Capital Gains Incentive Fee.    The “Capital Gains Incentive Fee,” is determined as described above.

For more information about the calculation of the advisory fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement prior to effectiveness of the 2016 Fee Waiver, refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December31, 2016.

Calculation of Fees under the 2016 Fee Waiver.    Following the effectiveness of the 2016 Fee Waiver, a second set of calculations is applied each quarter, and, if (and only if) those calculations result in a lower total advisory fee (i.e., the combination of the Base Fee and any incentive fees), they are used to calculate the total advisory fee payable to Oxford Square Management for a particular quarter. No individual element of those calculations is applicable by itself — only the totality of those calculations is considered. Generally, and as described in greater detail below, under the second set of calculations provided for by the 2016 Fee Waiver:

1)      Base Fee:

a.      The calculation of the Base Fee component is reduced from 2.00% to 1.50%; and

b.      No Base Fee is calculated on funds received in connection with any capital raises until the funds are invested.

2)      Net Investment Income Incentive Fee:

a.      The calculation of our Net Investment Income Incentive Fee is revised to include a Total Return Requirement (as defined below). Under the Total Return Requirement, we are only required to pay Oxford Square Management a Net Investment Income Incentive Fee if 20% of the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” (as defined below) — during the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and the eleven (11) preceding quarters — is greater than the cumulative Net Investment Income Incentive Fees accrued and/or paid over for the same period, even when our net investment income exceeds the minimum return to our stockholders required to be achieved before Oxford Square Management is entitled to receive a Net Investment Income Incentive Fee (which minimum return is commonly referred to as the “preferred return” or “hurdle rate”);

b.      The calculation of our Net Investment Income Incentive Fee incorporates a “catch-up” provision that provides that Oxford Square Management will receive 100% of our net investment income with respect to that portion of such net investment income, if any, that exceeds the preferred return but is less than 2.1875% quarterly (8.75% annualized) and 20% of any net investment income thereafter; and

c.      The hurdle rate used to calculate the Net Investment Income Incentive Fee is changed from a variable rate, based on the five-year U.S. Treasury note plus 5.00% (with a maximum of 10%), to a fixed rate of 7.00%.

S-7

More specifically, for the purpose of calculating the amount of total advisory fees (if any) to be waived during a particular calendar quarter, the Base Fee and Net Investment Income Incentive Fee are calculated as follows under the 2016 Fee Waiver:

1)      Base Fee:    The Base Fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.50%, adjusted pro rata for any share issuances, debt issuances, repurchases or redemptions during the current calendar quarter; provided, however, that no Base Fee is payable on the cash proceeds received by us in connection with any share or debt issuances until such proceeds have been invested in accordance with our investment objectives. The Base Fee for any partial month or quarter is pro-rated.

2)      Net Investment Income Incentive Fee:    The Income Incentive Fee is calculated based on the amount by which (x) the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” (as defined below) for the calendar quarter exceeds (y) the “Preferred Return Amount” (as defined below) for the calendar quarter.

a.      A “Preferred Return Amount” is calculated on a quarterly basis by multiplying 1.75% by the Company’s net asset value at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

b.      The Net Investment Income Incentive Fee is then calculated as follows:

(i)     no Net Investment Income Incentive Fee is payable to Oxford Square Management in any calendar quarter in which the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” does not exceed the “Preferred Return Amount”;

(ii)    100% of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the “Preferred Return Amount” but is less than or equal to a “Catch-Up Amount” determined on a quarterly basis by multiplying 2.1875% by OXSQ’s net asset value at the end of such calendar quarter; and

(iii)   for any quarter in which the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” exceeds the “Catch-Up Amount,” the Net Investment Income Incentive Fee will be calculated at the rate of 20% of the amount of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for such quarter.

c.      There is no accumulation of amounts from quarter to quarter for the “Preferred Return Amount,” and accordingly there is no claw back of amounts previously paid to Oxford Square Management if the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for subsequent quarters is below the quarterly “Preferred Return Amount”.

d.      The calculation of the Company’s Net Investment Income Incentive Fee is subject to a total return requirement (the “Total Return Requirement”) that provides that a Net Investment Income Incentive Fee will not be payable to Oxford Square Management except to the extent 20% of the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” (which is the amount, if positive, of the sum of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income,” realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation) during the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and the eleven (11) preceding quarters exceeds the cumulative Net Investment Income Incentive Fees accrued and/or paid for such eleven (11) preceding quarters.

3)      Capital Gains Incentive Fee.    The second part of the incentive fee, the “Capital Gains Incentive Fee,” is determined as described above.

Summary Risk Factors

The value of our assets, as well as the market price of our securities, will fluctuate. Our investments may be risky, and you may lose all or part of your investment in us. Investing in our securities, including the Notes, involves significant risks. For a further discussion of these risk factors, please see “Supplementary Risk Factors” beginning on page S-18 of this prospectus supplement and “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of the accompanying prospectus.

S-8

Risks Relating to the Notes

•        The Notes will be unsecured and therefore will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we have incurred or may incur in the future and rank pari passu with, which means equal to, all outstanding and future unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness issued by us and our general liabilities.

•        The Notes will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries, if any.

•        The indenture under which the Notes will be issued contains limited protection for holders of the Notes.

•        The price you pay for the Notes may be higher than the prices paid by other investors.

•        There is no existing trading market for the Notes, and, even if NASDAQ approves the listing of the Notes, an active trading market for the Notes may not develop, which could limit your ability to sell the Notes or the market price of the Notes.

•        We may choose to redeem the Notes when prevailing interest rates are relatively low.

•        If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Notes.

•        A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the credit rating assigned by a rating agency to us or our securities, if any, could cause the liquidity or market value of the Notes to decline significantly.

Risks Relating to Our Investments

•        Our investment portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt securities that we hold or if the sectors in which we invest experience a market downturn.

•        The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

•        Because we generally do not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we may not be in a position to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by the managements of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

•        Our financial results may be affected adversely if one or more of our significant equity or junior debt investments in a CLO vehicle defaults on its payment obligations or fails to perform as we expect or if the market price fluctuates significantly in such illiquid investments.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as described in the section titled “Supplementary Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement, the section titled “Risk Factors” in the accompanying prospectus (beginning on page 14 thereof) and under similar headings in the documents that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including the section titled “Risk Factors” included in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. Please refer to these filings and documents for additional discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our Notes.

Recent Developments

On May3, 2021 we were notified that one of our portfolio companies failed to make a required first lien interest payment to holders of its first lien debt. We estimate the amount of that payment to us would have been approximately $250,000. We note that in the first quarter of 2021 we recognized approximately $311,000 of revenue associated with our investment in this portfolio company (which represented approximately 6.5% of our net investment income for that period). We can offer no assurance as to the prospect for the receipt or recognition of revenue associated with our investment or repayment of the investment upon maturity, default or otherwise in this portfolio company in the future. We have been informed that the first lien lenders are currently negotiating a forbearance agreement with this portfolio company, which could prohibit payments to us for a specified period of time.

S-9

SPECIFIC TERMS OF THE NOTES AND THE OFFERING

Issuer	Oxford Square Capital Corp.
Title of the Securities	5.50% Notes due 2028
Initial aggregate principal amount being offered	$70.0million
Option to purchase additional shares	The underwriters may also purchase from us from time to time up to an additional $10.5million aggregate principal amount of Notes within 30 days of the date of this prospectus supplement.
Issue price	$25.00, subject to variable price reoffer. The underwriters propose to offer the Notes for sale, from time to time, in one or more negotiated transactions, at prices that may be different than par. These sales may occur at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at prices negotiated by the joint book-running managers or with approval from the joint book-running managers.
Principal payable at maturity	100% of the aggregate principal amount; the principal amount of each Note will be payable on its stated maturity date at the office of the Trustee, Paying Agent, and Registrar for the Notes or at such other office in New York, New York as we may designate.
Type of note	Fixed rate note
Private Rating of the Notes	BBB from Egan-Jones Ratings Company. An explanation of the significance of ratings may be obtained from the rating agency. Generally, rating agencies base their ratings on such material and information, and such of their own investigations, studies and assumptions, as they deem appropriate. The rating of the Notes should be evaluated independently from similar ratings of other securities. A credit rating of a security is paid for by the issuer and is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to review, revision, suspension, reduction or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. See “Risk Factors — A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the credit rating assigned by a rating agency to us or our securities, if any, could cause the liquidity or market value of the Notes to decline significantly”.
Listing	We intend to list the Notes on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, within 30 days of the original issue date under the trading symbol “OXSQG.”
Interest Rate	5.50% per year
Day count basis	360-day year of twelve 30-day months
Original issue date	May20, 2021
Stated maturity date	July31, 2028
Date interest starts accruing	May20, 2021
Interest payment dates	Every January31, April30, July31, and October31, beginning July31, 2021. If an interest payment date falls on a non-business day, the applicable interest payment will be made on the next business day and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment.
Interest periods	The initial interest period will be the period from and including May20, 2021, to, but excluding, the initial interest payment date, and the subsequent interest periods will be the periods from and including an interest payment date to, but excluding, the next interest payment date or the stated maturity date, as the case may be.

S-10

Regular record dates for interest	January15, April15, July 15 and October15, beginning July15, 2021.
Specified Currency	U.S. dollars
Place of Payment	New York City and/or such other places that may be specified in the indenture or a notice to holders
Ranking of Notes	The Notes will be our direct unsecured obligations and will rank:
	•   pari passu with, which means equal to, all outstanding and future unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness issued by us, including our 6.50% Unsecured Notes and our 6.25% Unsecured Notes, of which we had $64.4million and $44.8million outstanding, respectively, as of March31, 2021. The Notes will also rank pari passu with, which means equal to, our general liabilities, which consist of trade and other payables, including any outstanding dividend payable, base and incentive management fees payable, interest and debt fees payable, vendor payables and accrued expenses such as auditor fees, legal fees, director fees, etc. In total, these general liabilities were approximately $13.6million as of March31, 2021.
	•   senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides it is subordinated to the Notes. We currently do not have outstanding debt that is subordinated to the Notes and do not currently intend to issue indebtedness that expressly provides that it is subordinated to the Notes. Therefore, the Notes will not be senior to any indebtedness or obligations.
	•   effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes, and any assets of our subsidiaries will not be directly available to satisfy the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes. Currently, we do not have any secured indebtedness at the Oxford Square Capital Corp. level.
	•   structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of the Company’s subsidiaries, CLO vehicles in which we hold an equity interest and financing vehicles since the Notes are obligations exclusively of Oxford Square Capital Corp. and not of any of our subsidiaries. Structural subordination means that creditors of a parent entity are subordinate to creditors of a subsidiary entity with respect to the subsidiary’s assets.

S-11

	Except as described under the captions “Description of the Notes — Events of Default,” “— Other Covenants,” and “— Merger or Consolidation” in this prospectus supplement, the indenture does not contain any provisions that give you protection in the event we issue a large amount of debt or we are acquired by another entity.
Denominations	We will issue the Notes in denominations of $25 and integral multiples of $25 in excess thereof.
Business Day	Each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.
Optional redemptions	The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after May31, 2024 upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for redemption thereof, at a redemption price of 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable thereon for the then-current quarterly interest period accrued to the date fixed for redemption.
	You may be prevented from exchanging or transferring the Notes when they are subject to redemption. In case any Notes are to be redeemed in part only, the redemption notice will provide that, upon surrender of such Note, you will receive, without a charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations representing the principal amount of your remaining unredeemed Notes.
	Any exercise of our option to redeem the Notes will be done in compliance with the 1940 Act.
	If we redeem only some of the Notes, the Trustee or, with respect to global securities, The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) will determine the method for selection of the particular Notes to be redeemed, in accordance with the indenture and the 1940 Act, and in accordance with the rules of any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Notes are listed. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption.
Sinking Fund	The Notes will not be subject to any sinking fund (i.e., no amounts will be set aside by us to ensure repayment of the Notes at maturity). As a result, our ability to repay the Notes at maturity will depend on our financial condition on the date that we are required to repay the Notes.
Repayment at option of Holders	Holders will not have the option to have the Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.

S-12

Defeasance	The Notes are subject to defeasance by us. “Defeasance” means that, by depositing with a trustee an amount of cash and/or government securities sufficient to pay all principal and interest, if any, on the Notes when due and satisfying any additional conditions required under the indenture relating to the Notes, we will be deemed to have been discharged from our obligations under the Notes.
Covenant defeasance	The Notes are subject to covenant defeasance by us. In the event of a “covenant defeasance,” upon depositing such funds and satisfying similar conditions discussed below we would be released from the restrictive covenants under the indenture relating to the Notes. The consequences to the holders of the Notes is that, while they no longer benefit from the restrictive covenants under the indenture, and while the Notes may not be accelerated for any reason, the holders of Notes nonetheless are guaranteed to receive the principal and interest owed to them.
Form of Notes	The Notes will be represented by global securities that will be deposited and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee. This means that, except in limited circumstances, you will not receive certificates for the Notes. Beneficial interests in the Notes will be represented through book-entry accounts of financial institutions acting on behalf of beneficial owners as direct and indirect participants in DTC. Investors may elect to hold interests in the Notes through either DTC, if they are a participant, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in DTC.
Trustee, Paying Agent, and Registrar	U.S. Bank National Association
Other covenants	In addition to any covenants described elsewhere in this prospectus, the following covenants shall apply to the Notes:
	•   We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not violate (whether or not we are subject to) Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions, but giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC. Currently, these provisions generally prohibit us from making additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt or the sale of additional debt securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% immediately after such borrowings. See “Risk Factors — Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we raise additional capital, which may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage” in the accompanying prospectus.

S-13

	•   We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in our stock), or declare any other distribution, upon a class of our capital stock, or purchase any such capital stock, unless, in every such case, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution, or at the time of any such purchase, we have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of at least the threshold specified in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions thereto of the 1940 Act, as such obligation may be amended or superseded, after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and in each case giving effect to (i) any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC, and (ii) any SEC no-action relief granted by the SEC to another BDC (or to us if we determine to seek such similar no-action or other relief) permitting the BDC to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time, as such obligation may be amended or superseded, in order to maintain such BDC’s status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.
	•   We agree that, if, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the Notes and the Trustee, for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable United States generally accepted accounting principles.
Events of Default	You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs with respect to the Notes.
	The term “Event of Default” in respect of the Notes means any of the following:
	•   We do not pay the principal (or premium, if any) of any Note when due.
	•   We do not pay interest on any Note when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days.
	•   We remain in breach of any other covenant with respect to the Notes for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the Trustee or holders of at least 25.0% of the principal amount of the Notes.

S-14

	•   We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and in the case of certain orders or decrees entered against us under any bankruptcy law, such order or decree remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days.
	•   On the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, the Notes have an asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, of less than 100% after giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC.
Further Issuances	We have the ability to issue additional debt securities under the indenture with terms different from the Notes and, without consent of the holders thereof, to reopen the Notes and issue additional Notes. If we issue additional debt securities, these additional debt securities could rank higher in priority of payment or have a lien or other security interest greater than that accorded to the holders of the Notes.
Global Clearance and Settlement Procedures	Interests in the Notes will trade in DTC’s Same Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. None of the Company, the Trustee or the Paying Agent will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.
Use of Proceeds	We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of the Notes will be approximately $67,562,500 (or $77,734,375 if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Notes in full), in each case based on the underwriters purchasing the Notes from us at 96.875% of the aggregate principal amount, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to primarily fund investments in debt securities and CLO investments in accordance with our investment objective and for other general corporate purposes.

S-15

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein, contain forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our company, our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein, involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:

•        our future operating results, including our ability to achieve objectives as a result of the current COVID-19 pandemic;

•        our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

•        the impact of investments that we expect to make;

•        our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

•        the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon;

•        the ability of our portfolio companies and CLO investments to achieve their objectives, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic;

•        the valuation of our investments in portfolio companies and CLOs, particularly those having no liquid trading market, and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon;

•        market conditions and our ability to access alternative debt markets and additional debt and equity capital, and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon;

•        our expected financings and investments;

•        the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

•        the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies and CLO investments and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon; and

•        the ability of our investment adviser to locate suitable investments for us and monitor and administer our investments and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon.

These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

•         an economic downturn, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could impair our portfolio companies’ and CLO investments’ ability to continue to operate, which could lead to the loss of some or all of our investments in such portfolio companies and CLO investments;

•        a contraction of available credit and/or an inability to access the equity markets, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could impair our lending and investment activities;

•        interest rate volatility could adversely affect our results, particularly because we use leverage as part of our investment strategy;

S-16

•        currency fluctuations could adversely affect the results of our investments in foreign companies, particularly to the extent that we receive payments denominated in foreign currency rather than U.S. dollars; and

•        the risks, uncertainties and other factors we identify in Item 1A. — Risk Factors and elsewhere in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our filings with the SEC.

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. Important assumptions include our ability to originate new investments, certain margins and levels of profitability and the availability of additional capital. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in “Supplementary Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement and “Risk Factors” in the accompanying prospectus, and in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, and in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which are based on information available to us as of the applicable dates of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including any documents incorporated by reference to this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, and while we believe such information forms, or will form, a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

However, we will update this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus to reflect any material changes to the information contained herein.

S-17

SUPPLEMENTARY RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Notes involves a number of significant risks. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the risks and uncertainties described in the section titled “Risk Factors” in the accompanying prospectus, our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which are or will be incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus in their entirety, and other information in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, and any free writing prospectus that we may authorize for use in connection with this offering. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or not presently deemed material by us, may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected, and consequently, our ability to repay principal and pay interest on the Notes could be material affected. If that happens, our net asset value and the trading price of our securities could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Please also read carefully the section titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this prospectus supplement.

RISKS RELATING TO THE NOTES

The Notes will be unsecured and therefore are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we have incurred or may incur in the future and rank pari passu with, which means equal to, all outstanding and future unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness issued by us and our general liabilities.

The Notes will not be secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of our subsidiaries. As a result, the Notes will be effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes.

The Notes will rank pari passu with, which means equal to, all outstanding and future unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness issued by us, including our 6.50% Unsecured Notes and our 6.25% Unsecured Notes, of which we had $64.4million and $44.8million outstanding, respectively, as of March31, 2021. The Notes will also rank pari passu with our general liabilities, which consist of trade and other payables, including any outstanding dividend payable, base and incentive management fees payable, interest and debt fees payable, vendor payables and accrued expenses such as auditor fees, legal fees, director fees, etc. In total, these general liabilities were approximately $13.6million as of March31, 2021.

The Notes will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries, if any.

The Notes will be obligations exclusively of Oxford Square Capital Corp., will not be of any of our subsidiaries. The Notes are not required to be guaranteed by any subsidiary we may acquire or create in the future. Any assets of our subsidiaries will not be directly available to satisfy the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes. Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against any of our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors of our subsidiaries will have priority over our equity interests in such entities (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes) with respect to the assets of such entities. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of these entities, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such entity and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such entity senior to our claims. Consequently, the Notes will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of our subsidiaries, CLO vehicles in which we hold an equity interest and financing vehicles since the Notes are obligations exclusively of Oxford Square Capital Corp. and not of any of our subsidiaries. Structural subordination means that creditors of a parent entity are subordinate to creditors of a subsidiary entity with respect to the subsidiary’s assets.

S-18

The indenture under which the Notes are issued contains limited protection for holders of the Notes.

The indenture under which the Notes are issued offers limited protection to holders of the Notes. The terms of the indenture and the Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have a material adverse impact on your investment in the Notes. In particular, the terms of the indenture and the Notes will not place any restrictions on our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to:

•        issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) indebtedness of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore is structurally senior to the Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries or the portfolio companies with respect to which we hold an equity investment that would be senior to our equity interests in those entities and therefore rank structurally senior to the Notes with respect to the assets of these entities, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligation that would cause a violation of Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions (whether or not we are subject thereto), but giving effect, in each case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC. Currently, these provisions generally prohibit us from making additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt or the sale of additional debt securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% after such borrowings See “Risk Factors — Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we raise additional capital, which may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage” in the accompanying prospectus;

•        pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes, including subordinated indebtedness, in each case other than dividends, purchases, redemptions or payments that would cause our asset coverage to fall below the threshold specified in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions, giving effect to (i) any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC and (ii) no-action relief granted by the SEC to another BDC (or to us if we determine to seek such similar no-action or other relief) permitting the BDC to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time in order to maintain the BDC’s status as a RIC. These provisions generally prohibit us from declaring any cash dividend or distribution upon any class of our capital stock, or purchasing any such capital stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is below 150% at the time of the declaration of the dividend or distribution or the purchase and after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase;

•        sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);

•        enter into transactions with affiliates;

•        create liens (including liens on the shares of any of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

•        make investments; or

•        create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from any of our subsidiaries.

In addition, the indenture does not require us to offer to purchase the Notes in connection with a change of control or any other event.

S-19

Furthermore, the terms of the indenture and the Notes do not protect holders of the Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, if any, as they do not require that we adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow, or liquidity.

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Notes.

Other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the indenture and the Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for and trading levels and prices of the Notes.

The price you pay for the Notes may be higher than the prices paid by other investors.

The underwriters propose to offer the Notes for sale to investors, from time to time, in one or more negotiated transactions, at prices that may be different than par. These sales may occur at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Accordingly, there is a risk that the price you pay for your Notes will be higher than the prices paid by other investors.

There is no existing trading market for the Notes, and, even if NASDAQ approves the listing of the Notes, an active trading market for the Notes may not develop, which could limit your ability to sell the Notes or the market price of the Notes.

The Notes will be a new issue of debt securities for which there initially will not be a trading market. We intend to list the Notes on the NASDAQ Global Select Market within 30 days of the original issue date under the trading symbol “OXSQG.” However, there is no assurance that the Notes will be approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Moreover, even if the listing of the Notes is approved, we cannot provide any assurances that an active trading market will develop or be maintained for the Notes or that you will be able to sell your Notes. If the Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they may trade at a discount from their initial offering price depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our credit ratings, if any, general economic conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects and other factors. The underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market in the Notes, but they are not obligated to do so. The underwriters may discontinue any market-making in the Notes at any time at their sole discretion.

Accordingly, we cannot assure you that the Notes will be approved for listing on NASDAQ, that a liquid trading market will develop for the Notes, that you will be able to sell your Notes at a particular time or that the price you receive when you sell will be favorable. To the extent an active trading market does not develop, the liquidity and trading price for the Notes may be harmed. Accordingly, you may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Notes for an indefinite period of time.

We may choose to redeem the Notes when prevailing interest rates are relatively low.

On or after May31, 2024, we may choose to redeem the Notes from time to time, especially when prevailing interest rates are lower than the rate borne by the Notes. If prevailing rates are lower at the time of redemption, you would not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the interest rate on the Notes being redeemed. Our redemption right also may adversely impact your ability to sell the Notes as the optional redemption date or period approaches.

S-20

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under any future credit facility or other indebtedness to which we may be a party that is not waived by the required lenders or holders thereof, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness, including the Notes. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, and the lender under any future credit facility or other debt we may incur in the future could elect to terminate its commitment, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to seek to obtain waivers from the lender under debt that we may incur in the future (for example, under a credit facility) to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under such debt and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under the debt, the lender could exercise its rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. Because any future credit facilities will likely have customary cross-default provisions, if the indebtedness under the Notes or under any future credit facility is accelerated, we may be unable to repay or finance the amounts due.

A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the credit rating assigned by a rating agency to us or our securities, if any, could cause the liquidity or market value of the Notes to decline significantly.

Our credit ratings, if any, are an assessment by rating agencies of our ability to pay our debts when due. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of the Notes. These credit ratings may not reflect the potential impact of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the Notes. Credit ratings are paid for by the issuer and are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any security, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time by the issuing organization in its sole discretion.

The Notes have received a private rating of BBB from Egan-Jones Ratings Company. An explanation of the significance of ratings may be obtained from the rating agency. Generally, rating agencies base their ratings on such material and information, and such of their own investigations, studies and assumptions, as they deem appropriate. Neither we nor any underwriter undertakes any obligation to maintain our credit ratings or to advise holders of Notes of any changes in our credit ratings. There can be no assurance that our credit ratings will remain for any given period of time or that such credit ratings will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the rating agency if in their judgment future circumstances relating to the basis of the credit ratings, such as adverse changes in our company, so warrant.

S-21

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of the $70,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes in this offering will be approximately $67,562,500 (or approximately $77,734,375 if the underwriters fully exercise their overallotment option), in each case based on the underwriters purchasing the Notes from us at 96.875% of the aggregate principal amount, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions of $2,187,500 (or approximately $2,515,625 if the underwriters fully exercise their overallotment option) payable by us and estimated offering expenses of approximately $250,000 payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to primarily fund investments in debt securities and CLO investments in accordance with our investment objective and for other general corporate purposes.

Pending these uses, we will invest such net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, and U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, which are consistent with maintaining our election as a RIC. These temporary investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we hope to achieve from our target investments. The management fee payable by us to our investment adviser will not be reduced while our assets are invested in such temporary investments.

S-22

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth:

•        the actual capitalization of Oxford Square Capital Corp. at March31, 2021; and

•        on an as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of $70.0million aggregate principal amount of the Notes offered hereby (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option) based on the underwriters purchasing the Notes from us at 96.875% of the aggregate principal amount and estimated offering expenses of $250,000, but without giving effect to the use of the cash proceeds from such sale as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus supplement. The adjusted information is illustrative only.

	As of March 31, 2021
	Actual			As Adjusted for this Offering(1)
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	39,749,201		$	107,311,701
Total assets		362,661,106			430,223,606
Liabilities:
Notes offered hereby, net of deferred issuance costs	$	—		$	67,562,500
Notes payable – 6.50% Unsecured Notes, net of deferred issuance costs		63,395,224			63,395,224
Notes payable – 6.25% Unsecured Notes, net of deferred issuance costs		43,605,159			43,605,159
Other liabilities and Debt		13,615,110			13,615,110
Total liabilities		120,615,493			188,177,993
Net Assets:
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 495,979 issued and outstanding		495,979			495,979
Capital in excess of par value		452,686,971			452,686,971
Total distributable earnings/(accumulated losses)		(211,137,337	)		(211,137,337	)
Total net assets		242,045,613			242,045,613
Total liabilities and net assets	$	362,661,106		$	430,223,606

____________

(1)      Excludes any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Notes.

S-23

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

The Notes will be issued under a base indenture, dated as of April12, 2017, and the third supplemental indenture thereto, to be entered into between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. We refer to the indenture, as well as the third supplemental indenture thereto, as the indenture and to U.S. Bank National Association as the trustee. The Notes are governed by the indenture, as required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered. An indenture is a contract between us and the financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf, and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “— Events of Default — Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us with respect to our Notes.

This section includes a description of the material terms of the Notes and the indenture. Because this section is a summary, however, it does not describe every aspect of the Notes and the indenture. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of the Notes. The base indenture has been attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and the third supplemental indenture will be attached as an exhibit to a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, in each case as filed with the SEC. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” in the accompanying prospectus for information on how to obtain a copy of the indenture.

General

The Notes will mature on July31, 2028. The principal payable at maturity will be 100% of the aggregate principal amount. The interest rate of the Notes is 5.50% per year and will be paid every January31, April30, July 31 and October31, beginning July31, 2021, and the regular record dates for interest payments will be every January15, April15, July15, and October15, beginning July15, 2021. If an interest payment date falls on a non-business day, the applicable interest payment will be made on the next business day and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment. The initial interest period will be the period from and including May20, 2021, to, but excluding, the initial interest payment date, and the subsequent interest periods will be the periods from and including an interest payment date to, but excluding, the next interest payment date or the stated maturity date, as the case may be.

We will issue the Notes in denominations of $25 and integral multiples of $25 in excess thereof. The Notes will not be subject to any sinking fund and holders of the Notes will not have the option to have the Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.

Except as described under the captions “— Events of Default,” “— Other Covenants,” and “— Merger or Consolidation” in this prospectus, the indenture does not contain any provisions that give you protection in the event we issue a large amount of debt or we are acquired by another entity.

We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms different from the Notes and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen the Notes and issue additional Notes.

Optional Redemption

The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after, May31, 2024 upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for redemption thereof, at a redemption price of 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable thereon for the then-current quarterly interest period accrued to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

You may be prevented from exchanging or transferring the Notes when they are subject to redemption. In case any Notes are to be redeemed in part only, the redemption notice will provide that, upon surrender of such Note, you will receive, without a charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations representing the principal amount of your remaining unredeemed Notes. Any exercise of our option to redeem the Notes will be done in compliance with the 1940 Act.

S-24

If we redeem only some of the Notes, the trustee or, with respect to global securities, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, known as DTC, will determine the method for selection of the particular Notes to be redeemed, in accordance with the indenture and the 1940 Act and in accordance with the rules of any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Notes are listed. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption.

Global Securities

Each Note will be issued in book-entry form and represented by a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of DTC, or its nominee. A global security may not be transferred to or registered in the name of anyone other than the depositary or its nominee, unless special termination situations arise. As a result of these arrangements, the depositary, or its nominee, will be the sole registered owner and holder of all the Notes represented by a global security, and investors will be permitted to own only beneficial interests in a global security. For more information about these arrangements, see “— Book-Entry Procedures” below.

Termination of a Global Security

If a global security is terminated for any reason, interests in it will be exchanged for certificates in non-book-entry form (certificated securities). After that exchange, the choice of whether to hold the certificated Notes directly or in street name will be up to the investor. Investors must consult their own banks or brokers to find out how to have their interests in a global security transferred on termination to their own names, so that they will be holders.

Payment and Paying Agents

We will pay interest to the person listed in the trustee’s records as the owner of the Notes at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the Note on the interest due date. That day, usually about two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling the Notes must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the Notes to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest.”

Payments on Global Securities

We will make payments on the Notes so long as they are represented by a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants, as described under “— Book-Entry Procedures.”

Payments on Certificated Securities

In the event the Notes become represented by certificated securities, we will make payments on the Notes as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date to the holder of the Notes as shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date at our office in New York, New York. We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the applicable trustee in New York, New York and/or at other offices that may be specified in the indenture or a notice to holders against surrender of the Note.

Alternatively, at our option, we may pay any cash interest that becomes due on the Notes by mailing a check to the holder at his, her or its address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date or by transfer to an account at a bank in the United States, in either case, on the due date.

S-25

Payment When Offices Are Closed

If any payment is due on the Notes on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made on the original due date. Such payment will not result in a default under the Notes or the indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on the Notes.

Events of Default

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the Notes, as described later in this subsection.

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the Notes means any of the following:

•        we do not pay the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when due;

•        we do not pay interest on any Note when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days;

•        we remain in breach of a covenant in respect of the Notes for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach (the notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the Notes);

•        we file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and in the case of certain orders or decrees entered against us under bankruptcy law, such order or decree remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or

•        on the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, the Notes have the asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, of less than 100% after giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC.

An Event of Default for the Notes does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of the Notes of any default, except in the payment of principal or interest, if it in good faith considers the withholding of notice to be in the interests of the holders.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare the entire principal amount of all the Notes to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. In certain circumstances, a declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes if (1) we have deposited with the trustee all amounts due and owing with respect to the Notes (other than principal that has become due solely by reason of such acceleration) and certain other amounts, and (2) any other Events of Default have been cured or waived.

Except in cases of default, where the trustee has some special duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee protection from expenses and liability reasonably satisfactory to it (called an “indemnity”). If indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the trustee is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

Before you are allowed to bypass the trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the Notes, the following must occur:

•        you must give the trustee written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured;

S-26

•        the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all the Notes must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer reasonable indemnity, security, or both to the trustee against the cost, expenses, and other liabilities of taking that action;

•        the trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity and/or security; and

•        the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60-day period.

However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your Notes on or after the due date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

Each year, we will furnish to the trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the Notes, or else specifying any default.

Waiver of Default

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive any past defaults other than a default in:

•        in the payment of principal or interest; or

•        in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder of the Notes.

Merger or Consolidation

Under the terms of the indenture, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We are also permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

•        where we merge out of existence or convey or transfer our assets substantially as an entirety, the resulting entity must agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under the Notes;

•        the merger or sale of assets must not cause a default on the Notes and we must not already be in default (unless the merger or sale would cure the default). For purposes of this no-default test, a default would include an Event of Default that has occurred and has not been cured, as described under “Events of Default” above. A default for this purpose would also include any event that would be an Event of Default if the requirements for giving us a notice of default or our default having to exist for a specific period of time were disregarded; and

•        we must deliver certain certificates and documents to the trustee.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the Notes issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Your Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to your Notes without your specific approval. The following is a list of those types of changes:

•        change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on the Notes;

•        reduce any amounts due on the Notes or reduce the rate of interest on the Notes;

•        reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a Note following a default;

S-27

•        change the place or currency of payment on a Note;

•        impair your right to sue for payment;

•        reduce the percentage of holders of Notes whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture; and

•        reduce the percentage of holders of Notes whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults or reduce the percentage of holders of Notes required to satisfy quorum or voting requirements at a meeting of holders of the Notes.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the Notes. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the Notes in any material respect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the Notes would require the following approval:

•        if the change affects only the Notes, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes; and

•        if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

In each case, the required approval must be given by written consent.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series of debt securities issued under an indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “— Changes Requiring Your Approval.”

Further Details Concerning Voting

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to the Notes:

The Notes will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. The Notes will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “— Defeasance — Full Defeasance.”

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of the Notes that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indenture. However, the record date may not be earlier than 30 days before the date of the first solicitation of holders to vote on or take such action and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of the Notes, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of the Notes on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the Notes or request a waiver.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes when:

•        Either

•        all the Notes that have been authenticated have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

S-28

•        all the Notes that have not been delivered to the trustee for cancellation:

•        have become due and payable, or

•        will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year, or

•        are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

and we, in the case of the first, second and third sub-bullets above, have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, in amounts in the currency payable for the Notes as will be sufficient, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness (including all principal, premium, if any, and interest) on such Notes delivered to the trustee for cancellation (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable on or prior to the date of such deposit) or to the stated maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

•        we have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by us under the indenture with respect to the Notes; and

•        we have delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate and legal opinion, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the indenture and the Notes have been complied with.

Defeasance

The following defeasance provisions will be applicable to the Notes. “Defeasance” means that, by depositing with a trustee an amount of cash and/or government securities sufficient to pay all principal and interest, if any, on the Notes when due and satisfying any additional conditions noted below, we will be deemed to have been discharged from our obligations under the Notes. In the event of a “covenant defeasance,” upon depositing such funds and satisfying similar conditions discussed below we would be released from certain covenants under the indenture relating to the Notes.

Covenant Defeasance

Under current U.S. federal tax law and the indenture, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the Notes were issued. This is called “covenant defeasance.” In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your Notes. The consequences to the holders of the Notes would be that, while they would no longer benefit from certain covenants under the indenture, and while the Notes could not be accelerated for any reason, the holders of the Notes nonetheless could look to the Company for repayment of the Notes if there were a shortfall in the funds deposited with the trustee or the trustee is prevented from making a payment.

In order to achieve covenant defeasance, the following must occur:

•        Since the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the Notes a combination of cash and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates;

•        we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the Notes any differently than if we did not make the deposit;

•        we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with;

•        defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or result in a default under, the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments; and

S-29

•        no default or event of default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or events of default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.

If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the Notes if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. In fact, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the Notes became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Full Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the Notes (called “full defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

•        Since the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the Notes a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates;

•        we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal tax law or a U.S. Internal Revenue Service ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the Notes any differently than if we did not make the deposit. Under current U.S. federal tax law the deposit and our legal release from the Notes would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your Notes and you would recognize gain or loss on the Notes at the time of the deposit;

•        we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with;

•        defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, of the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments; and

•        no default or event of default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or events of default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.

If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the Notes. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent.

Other Covenants

In addition to any other covenants described in this prospectus, as well as standard covenants relating to payment of principal and interest, maintaining an office where payments may be made or securities can be surrendered for payment, payment of taxes by the Company and related matters, the following covenants will apply to the Notes:

•        We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not violate (whether or not we are subject thereto) Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions, but giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC. Currently, these provisions generally prohibit us from making additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% after such borrowings. See “Risk Factors — Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we raise additional capital, which may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage” in the accompanying prospectus.

S-30

•        We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in our stock), or declare any other distribution, upon a class of our capital stock, or purchase any such capital stock, unless, in every such case, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution, or at the time of any such purchase, we have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of at least the threshold specified in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions thereto of the 1940 Act, as such obligation may be amended or superseded, after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and in each case giving effect to (i) any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC, and (ii) any SEC no-action relief granted by the SEC to another BDC (or to us if we determine to seek such similar no-action or other relief) permitting the BDC to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time, as such obligation may be amended or superseded, in order to maintain such BDC’s status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.

•        If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the Notes and the Trustee, for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered Securities

If registered Notes cease to be issued in book-entry form, they will be issued:

•        only in fully registered certificated form;

•        without interest coupons; and

•        unless we indicate otherwise, in denominations of $25 and amounts that are multiples of $25.

Holders may exchange their certificated securities for Notes of smaller denominations or combined into fewer Notes of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed and as long as the denomination is equal to or greater than $25.

Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities at the office of the trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act as our agent for registering Notes in the names of holders transferring Notes. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

If we redeem less than all the Notes, we may block the transfer or exchange of those Notes selected for redemption during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated Notes selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any Notes that will be partially redeemed.

If a registered debt security is issued in book-entry form, only the depositary will be entitled to transfer and exchange the debt security as described in this subsection, since it will be the sole holder of the debt security.

S-31

Resignation of Trustee

The trustee may resign or be removed with respect to the Notes provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to the Notes. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Indenture Provisions — Ranking

The Notes will be our direct unsecured obligations and will rank:

•        pari passu with, which means equal to, all outstanding and future unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness issued by us, including our 6.50% Unsecured Notes and our 6.25% Unsecured Notes, of which we had $64.4million and $44.8million outstanding, respectively, as of March31, 2021. The Notes will also rank pari passu with, which means equal to, our general liabilities, which consist of trade and other payables, including any outstanding dividend payable, base and incentive management fees payable, interest and debt fees payable, vendor payables and accrued expenses such as auditor fees, legal fees, director fees, etc. In total, these general liabilities were approximately $13.6million as of March31, 2021.

•        senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides it is subordinated to the Notes. We currently do not have outstanding debt that is subordinated to the Notes and do not currently intend to issue indebtedness that expressly provides that it is subordinated to the Notes. Therefore, the Notes will not be senior to any indebtedness or obligations.

•        effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes, and any assets of our subsidiaries will not be directly available to satisfy the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes. Currently, we do not have any secured indebtedness at the Oxford Square Capital Corp. level.

•        structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of the Company’s subsidiaries, CLO vehicles in which we hold an equity interest and financing vehicles since the Notes are obligations exclusively of Oxford Square Capital Corp. and not of any of our subsidiaries. Structural subordination means that creditors of a parent entity are subordinate to creditors of a subsidiary entity with respect to the subsidiary’s assets.

Book-Entry Procedures

The Notes will be represented by global securities that will be deposited and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee. This means that, except in limited circumstances, you will not receive certificates for the Notes.

Beneficial interests in the Notes will be represented through book-entry accounts of financial institutions acting on behalf of beneficial owners as direct and indirect participants in DTC. Investors may elect to hold interests in the Notes through either DTC, if they are a participant, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in DTC.

The Notes will be issued as fully registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully-registered certificate will be issued for each issuance of the Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of such issue, and will be deposited with DTC. Interests in the Notes will trade in DTC’s Same Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. None of the Company, the Trustee or the Paying Agent will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

S-32

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over 3.5 million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments from over 100 countries that DTC’s participants (“Direct Participants”) deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among Direct Participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”).

DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”). DTC has Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services’ highest rating: AAA. The DTC Rules applicable to its participants are on file with the SEC. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com and www.dtc.org.

Purchases of the Notes under the DTC system must be made by or through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the Notes on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each security, or the “Beneficial Owner,” is in turn to be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records. Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. Beneficial Owners are, however, expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct or Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the Notes are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in the Notes, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the Notes is discontinued.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Notes deposited by Direct Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co. or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of the Notes with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of the Notes; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the Direct Participants to whose accounts the Notes are credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The Direct and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC. If less than all of the Notes within an issue are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct Participant in such issue to be redeemed.

Redemption proceeds, distributions, and interest payments on the Notes will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us or the Trustee on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such Participant and not of DTC nor its nominee, the Trustee, or us, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds, distributions, and interest payments to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is the responsibility of us or the Trustee, but disbursement of such payments to Direct Participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the Beneficial Owners will be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect Participants.

S-33

DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the Notes at any time by giving reasonable notice to us or to the Trustee. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, certificates are required to be printed and delivered. We may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry-only transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, certificates will be printed and delivered to DTC.

The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

S-34

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations (and, in the case of a non-U.S. holder (as defined below), certain U.S. federal estate tax consequences) applicable to an investment in the Notes. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income and estate tax considerations applicable to such an investment. The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, potentially with retroactive effect. You should consult your own tax advisor with respect to tax considerations that pertain to your purchase, ownership and disposition of our Notes.

This discussion deals only with Notes held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment) and does not purport to deal with persons in special tax situations, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and regulated investment companies (and shareholders of such corporations), dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, former citizens of the United States, persons holding the Notes as a hedge against currency risks or as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge,” “constructive sale transaction” or “conversion transaction” for tax purposes, entities that are tax-exempt for U.S. federal income tax purposes, retirement plans, individual retirement accounts, tax-deferred accounts, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, pass-through entities (including partnerships and entities and arrangements classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and beneficial owners of pass-through entities, or persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. It does not deal with beneficial owners of the Notes other than original purchasers of the Notes who acquire the Notes in this offering for a price equal to their original issue price ( i.e., the first price at which a substantial amount of the Notes is sold for money other than to bond houses, brokers, or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers). It also does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to beneficial owners of the Notes subject to the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code. In addition, this summary only addresses U.S. federal income tax consequences, and, except as otherwise noted below, does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax consequences. If you are considering purchasing the Notes, you should consult your own tax advisor concerning the application of the U.S. federal tax laws to you in light of your particular situation, as well as any consequences to you of purchasing, owning and disposing of the Notes under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

For purposes of this discussion, the term “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of a Note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) a trust (a) subject to the control of one or more U.S. persons and the primary supervision of a court in the United States, or (b) that existed on August20, 1996 and has made a valid election (under applicable Treasury Regulations) to be treated as a domestic trust, or (iv) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source. The term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of a Note that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes). An individual may, subject to exceptions, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a non-resident alien, by, among other ways, being present in the United States (i) on at least 31 days in the calendar year, and (ii) for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year, counting for such purposes all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens.

If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds any Notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner of the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partners of partnerships holding Notes should consult their own tax advisors.

Characterization of the Notes

Under present law, we are of the opinion that the Notes will constitute indebtedness of us for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which the below discussion assumes. We intend to treat all payments made with respect to the Notes consistent with this characterization.

S-35

Taxation of U.S. Holders

Payments of Interest

Payments or accruals of interest on a Note generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary interest income at the time they are received (actually or constructively) or accrued, in accordance with the U.S. holder’s regular method of tax accounting. In general, if the terms of a debt instrument entitle a holder to receive payments (other than fixed periodic interest) that exceed the issue price of the instrument by more than a statutory de minimis amount, the holder will be required to recognize additional interest as “original issue discount” over the term of the instrument, irrespective of the holder’s regular method of tax accounting. We expect that the Notes will not be issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Sale, Exchange, Redemption, Retirement or Other Taxable Disposition

Upon the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a Note, a U.S. holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition (excluding amounts representing accrued and unpaid interest, which are treated as ordinary income to the extent not previously included in income) and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Note. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in a Note generally will equal the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the Note. Capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Note was held for more than one year. Long-term capital gains recognized by certain non-corporate U.S. holders (including individuals) generally are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The distinction between capital gain or loss and ordinary income or loss is also important in other contexts; for example, for purposes of the limitations on a U.S. holder’s ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income.

Unearned Income Medicare Contribution

A tax of 3.8% will be imposed on certain “net investment income” (or “undistributed net investment income”, in the case of estates and trusts) received by individuals, estates, and certain trusts with adjusted gross income above certain threshold amounts. “Net investment income” as defined for U.S. federal Medicare contribution purposes generally includes interest payments and gain recognized from the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of the Notes. Tax-exempt trusts, which are not subject to U.S. federal income taxes generally, and nonresident alien individuals will not be subject to this tax. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership and disposition of the Notes.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

Payments of Interest

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA below, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding taxes on payments of interest on a Note provided that (i) income on the Note is not effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States, (ii) the non-U.S. holder is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Company through stock ownership, (iii) the non-U.S. holder is not a bank receiving interest described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) the non-U.S. holder does not own (directly or indirectly, actually or constructively) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, and (v) the non-U.S. holder, prior to the payment of interest, has provided a statement in the year in which a payment occurs or in the preceding 3 years, on an Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E, or other applicable form signed under penalties of perjury that includes its name and address and certifies that the non-U.S. holder is the beneficial owner and is not a U.S. person in compliance with applicable requirements, or satisfies documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder.

A non-U.S. holder that is not exempt from tax under these rules generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding on payments of interest on the Notes at a rate of 30% unless (i) the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, under certain income tax treaties, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained in the United States by the non-U.S. holder), so long as the non-U.S. holder, prior to the payment of interest, has provided an IRS Form W-8ECI or substantially similar substitute form stating

S-36

that the interest on the Notes is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. in which case the interest will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis as applicable to U.S. holders generally (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise), or (ii) an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate of, or exemption from, withholding tax.

In the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation and that receives income that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, such income may also be subject to a branch profits tax (which is generally imposed on a non-U.S. corporation on the actual or deemed repatriation from the United States of earnings and profits attributable to a U.S. trade or business) at a 30% rate. The branch profits tax may not apply (or may apply at a reduced rate) if the non-U.S. holder is a qualified resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty.

To claim the benefit of an income tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. holder must timely provide the appropriate, properly executed IRS forms. The non-U.S. holder must inform the recipient of any changes on these forms within 30 days of such change. These forms may be required to be periodically updated. Also, a non-U.S. holder who is claiming the benefits of a treaty may be required to obtain a United States taxpayer identification number and to provide certain documentary evidence issued by foreign governmental authorities to prove residence in the foreign country.

Sale, Exchange, Redemption, Retirement or other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA below, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding taxes on any amount that constitutes capital gain upon the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a Note, provided that (i) the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by the non-U.S. holder (or, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is not attributable to a permanent establishment maintained in the United States by the non-U.S. holder) and (ii) that the non-U.S. holder is not an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition and meets certain other conditions (unless such holder is eligible for relief under an applicable income tax treaty). Certain other exceptions may be applicable, and a non-U.S. holder should consult its tax advisor in this regard.

Estate Tax

A Note that is held by an individual who, at the time of death, is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) generally will not be subject to the U.S. federal estate tax, unless, at the time of death, (i) such individual directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, owns ten percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3) of the Code or (ii) such individual’s interest in the Notes is effectively connected with the individual’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

U.S. Holders

A U.S. holder (other than an “exempt recipient,” including a corporation and certain other persons who, when required, demonstrate their exempt status) may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) on, and to information reporting requirements with respect to, payments of principal and interest on, and proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of the Notes. In general, if a non-corporate U.S. holder subject to information reporting fails to furnish a correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with applicable backup withholding requirements, backup withholding at the applicable rate may apply.

Non-U.S. Holders

The amount of interest we pay to a non-U.S. holder on the Notes will be reported to such non-U.S. Holder and to the IRS annually on an IRS Form 1042-S even if the non-U.S. holder is exempt from the 30% withholding tax described above. Copies of the information returns reporting those payments and the amounts withheld, if any, may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country where the non-U.S. holder is resident under provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

S-37

In addition, backup withholding tax and certain other information reporting requirements apply to payments of principal and interest on, and proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of the Notes, unless an exemption applies. Backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to payments we make to a non-U.S. holder if such non-U.S. holder has timely provided to the applicable withholding agent under penalties of perjury the required certification of their non-U.S. person status as discussed above (and the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that they are a U.S. person) or if the non-U.S. holder is an exempt recipient.

If a non-U.S. holder sells or redeems a Note through a U.S. broker or the U.S. office of a foreign broker, the proceeds from such sale or redemption will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless such non-U.S. holder timely provides a withholding certificate or other appropriate documentary evidence establishing that such non-U.S. holder is not a U.S. person to the broker and such broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such non-U.S. holder is a U.S. person, or the non-U.S. holder is an exempt recipient eligible for an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding. If a non-U.S. holder sells or redeems a note through the foreign office of a broker who is a U.S. person or has certain enumerated connections with the United States, the proceeds from such sale or redemption will be subject to information reporting unless the non-U.S. holder provides to such broker a withholding certificate or other appropriate documentary evidence establishing that the non-U.S. holder is not a U.S. person and such broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such evidence is false, or the non-U.S. holder is an exempt recipient eligible for an exemption from information reporting. In circumstances where information reporting by the foreign office of such a broker is required, backup withholding will be required only if the broker has actual knowledge that the non-U.S. holder is a U.S. person.

You should consult your tax advisor regarding the qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and information reporting and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a beneficial owner generally would be allowed as a refund or a credit against such beneficial owner’s U.S. federal income tax provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Legislation commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” or “FATCA,” generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”) unless such FFIs either (i) enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners) or (ii) reside in a jurisdiction that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the United States to collect and share such information and are in compliance with the terms of such IGA and any enabling legislation or regulations. The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends. While existing U.S. Treasury regulations would also require withholding on payments of the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S. source interest or dividends, the U.S. Treasury department has indicated its intent to eliminate this requirement in subsequent proposed regulations, which state that taxpayers may rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments to foreign entities that are not FFIs unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. Depending on the status of a beneficial owner and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold the Notes, beneficial owners could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to interest paid on the Notes and potentially proceeds from the sale of the Notes. Under certain circumstances, a beneficial owner might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

You should consult your own tax advisor with respect to the particular tax consequences to you of an investment in the Notes, including the possible effect of any pending legislation or proposed regulations.

S-38

UNDERWRITING

Ladenburg Thalmann is acting as representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated May13, 2021, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

Underwriters	Principal amount of notes
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.	$	34,360,000
B. Riley Securities, Inc.	$	9,107,500
William Blair & Company L.L.C.	$	4,555,000
Compass Point Research & Trading, LLC	$	672,500
Incapital LLC	$	20,120,000
National Securities Corporation	$	1,185,000
Total	$	70,000,000

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the Notes included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the Notes (other than those covered by the overallotment option described below) if they purchase any of the Notes.

The underwriters have agreed to purchase the Notes from us at 96.875% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, which will result in aggregate proceeds to us of $67,812,500, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, and before deducting expenses payable by us, and $77,984,375, assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.

The underwriters propose to offer the Notes for sale, from time to time, in one or more negotiated transactions, at prices that may be different than par. These sales may occur at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at prices negotiated by the joint book-running managers or with approval from the joint book-running managers.

The underwriters hold an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional $10.5million aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering overallotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent such option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional Notes approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.

We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days from the date of this prospectus supplement, we will not, without the prior written consent of Ladenburg Thalmann, on behalf of the underwriters, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or agree to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly or hedge any debt securities issued or guaranteed by us or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for debt securities issued or guaranteed by us or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing. Ladenburg Thalmann in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

The 90-day period in the preceding paragraph will be extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the 90-day period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 90-day period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 90-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding sentence will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or the occurrence of the material event.

We intend to list the Notes on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. We expect trading in the Notes on the NASDAQ Global Select Market to begin within 30 days after the original issue date under the trading symbol “OXSQG.” We offer no assurances that an active trading market for the Notes will develop and continue after the offering.

S-39

The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Notes.

	Per note		Without Option		With Option
Public offering price	100	%	$	70,000,000	$	80,500,000
Underwriting discount (sales load) paid by us(1)	3.125	%	$	2,187,500	$	2,515,625
Estimated Proceeds to us, before expenses	96.875	%	$	67,812,500	$	77,984,375

____________

(1)      The expenses associated with the offering, including the underwriting discount, are paid by us and are ultimately borne by our shareholders.

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with the qualification of the Notes under Blue Sky and state securities laws and in connection with the review and qualification of this offering with FINRA.

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $250,000.

We and our investment adviser have each agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

Certain underwriters may make a market in the Notes. No underwriter is, however, obligated to conduct market-making activities and any such activities may be discontinued at any time without notice, at the sole discretion of the underwriter. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or the trading market for, the Notes as a result of any market-making activities undertaken by any underwriter. This Prospectus is to be used by any underwriter in connection with the offering and, during the period in which a prospectus must be delivered, with offers and sales of the Notes in market-making transactions in the over-the-counter market at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.

In connection with the offering, Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell Notes in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of Notes in excess of the number of Notes to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of Notes made in an amount up to the number of Notes represented by the underwriters’ overallotment option. In determining the source of Notes to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of Notes available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase Notes through the overallotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of Notes in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the overallotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of Notes in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing Notes in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of Notes in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of Notes in the open market while the offering is in progress.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. repurchases Notes originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of Notes. They may also cause the price of Notes to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. Trading is expected to commence on the NASDAQ Global Select Market within 30 days after the date of initial delivery of the Notes. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

S-40

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The representative may agree to allocate a number of Notes to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representative will allocate Notes to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Notes may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell Notes to online brokerage account holders.

We anticipate that, from time to time, certain underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of our portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are underwriters.

Certain underwriters may have performed investment banking and advisory services for us, our investment adviser and our affiliates from time to time, for which they have received customary fees and expenses. Certain underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for us, our investment adviser and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business.

The principal business address of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. is 640 Fifth Avenue, 4th floor, New York, New York 10019.

Settlement

We expect that delivery of the Notes will be made against payment therefor on or about May20, 2021, which will be the fifth business day following the date of the pricing of the Notes. Under Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in two business days, unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, purchasers who wish to trade the Notes prior to the date of delivery hereunder will be required, by virtue of the fact that the Notes initially will settle in T+5 business days, to specify an alternative settlement arrangement at the time of any such trade to prevent a failed settlement.

Other Jurisdictions

The Notes offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such Notes be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restriction relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy the Notes offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. and its affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, various investment banking, commercial banking, financial advisory, brokerage and other services to us and our affiliates for which services they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees and expense reimbursement.

Specifically, pursuant to an underwriting agreement with Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., as representative of the several underwriters named therein, we issued approximately $64.4million in aggregate principal of our 6.50% Unsecured Notes. In connection with the foregoing, we paid underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $2.0million to the underwriters. Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. also served as representative of the several underwriters in connection with our public offering of approximately $44.8million of our 6.25% Notes in April 2019. In connection with the foregoing, we paid underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $1.4million to the underwriters.

On August1, 2019, we entered into an equity distribution agreement with Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., through which we may offer for sale, from time to time, up to $150 million of our common stock through an at-the-market (“ATM”) offering. From August1, 2019 to May7, 2021, we sold a total of 1,873,080 shares of common stock pursuant to the “at-the-market” offering. The total amount of capital raised as a result of these sales of common stock was approximately $10.3 million and net proceeds were approximately $10.2million, after deducting the sales agent’s commissions and offering expenses. We paid Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. an agent fee of approximately $113,340 in connection with such sales.

S-41

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses, including acting as underwriters for our securities offerings. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

S-42

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP, Washington, DC. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Blank Rome LLP.

EXPERTS

The financial statements incorporated in this prospectus, by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December31, 2020 have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 together with all amendments and related exhibits under the Securities Act. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the securities being offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The information we file with the SEC is available free of charge by contacting us at 8 Sound Shore Drive, Suite 255, Greenwich, CT 06830 or by telephone at (203) 983-5275 or on our website at www.oxfordsquarecapital.com. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants, including us, that file such information electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov. Information contained on our website or on the SEC’s website about us is not incorporated into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our website or on the SEC’s website to be part of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

S-43

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC. We are permitted to “incorporate by reference” the information that we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus, and later information that we file with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information.

We incorporate by reference the documents listed below, and any reports and other documents we subsequently file pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act prior to the termination of the offering of the securities covered by this prospectus, including all such documents we may file with the SEC after the date of this registration statement and prior to its effectiveness, will also be incorporated by reference into this prospectus and deemed to be part of this prospectus from the date of the filing of such reports and documents; provided, however, that information “furnished” under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of Form 8-K, or other information “furnished” to the SEC, which is not deemed filed is not and will not be incorporated by reference:

•        our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December31, 2020, filed with the SEC on March22, 2021;

•        our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March31, 2021, filed with the SEC on April29, 2021;

•        our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on June13, 2020; and

•        the description of our common stock contained in Exhibit 4.8 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December31, 2020 (filed with the SEC on March22, 2021), which updated the description thereof in our Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 000-50398) filed with the SEC on September23, 2003, including any amendment or report filed for the purpose of updating such description prior to the termination of the offering registered hereby.

Our periodic and current reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as this prospectus are available on our website at www.oxfordsquarecapital.com. You may also request a copy of these filings (other than exhibits, unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into these documents) at no cost by writing or calling Investor Relations at the following address and telephone number:

Oxford Square Capital Corp.

8 Sound Shore Drive

Suite 255

Greenwich, Connecticut

(203) 983-5275

You should rely only on the information incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information, and you should not rely on such information if you receive it. We are not making an offer of or soliciting an offer to buy, any securities in any state or other jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or in the documents incorporated by reference herein is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus or those documents.

S-44

PROSPECTUS

$600,000,000

Oxford Square Capital Corp.

Common Stock

Preferred Stock	Debt Securities
Subscription Rights	Warrants

We operate as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company and have elected to be regulated as a business development company, or “BDC,” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the “1940 Act.” Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio’s total return. Our primary current focus is to seek an attractive risk-adjusted total return by investing primarily in corporate debt securities and collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) structured finance investments that own corporate debt securities. CLO investments may also include warehouse facilities, which are financing structures intended to aggregate loans that may be used to form the basis of a CLO vehicle. We may also invest in publicly traded debt and/or equity securities.

The portfolio companies in which we invest, however, will generally be considered below investment grade, and their debt securities may in turn be referred to as “junk.” A portion of our investment portfolio may consist of debt investments for which issuers are not required to make significant principal payments until the maturity of the senior loans, which could result in a substantial loss to us if such issuers are unable to refinance or repay their debt at maturity. In addition, many of the debt securities we hold typically contain interest reset provisions that may make it more difficult for a borrower to repay the loan, heightening the risk that we may lose all or part of our investment. The CLO vehicles in which we invest are formed by raising various classes or “tranches” of debt (with the most senior tranches being rated “AAA” to the most junior tranches typically being rated “BB” or “B”) and equity. The tranches of CLO vehicles rated “BB” or “B” may be referred to as “junk.” The equity of a CLO vehicle, which is the most common tranche of a CLO vehicle in which we invest, is generally required to absorb the CLO’s losses before any of the CLO’s other tranches, yet it also has the lowest level of payment priority among the CLO’s tranches; therefore, the equity is typically the riskiest of CLO investments which, if it were rated, may also be referred to as “junk.”

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $600,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock, or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, which we refer to, collectively, as our “securities.” The preferred stock, subscription rights, warrants and debt securities offered hereby may be convertible or exchangeable into shares of our common stock. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms to be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus.

In the event we offer common stock, the offering price per share of our common stock less any underwriting discounts or commissions will generally not be less than the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time we make the offering. However, we may issue shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus at a price per share that is less than our net asset value per share (i) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (ii) with the prior approval of the majority of our common stockholders or (iii) under such other circumstances as the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” may permit.

Our securities may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, or through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or through underwriters or dealers. Each prospectus supplement relating to an offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of our securities, and will disclose any applicable purchase price, fee, discount or commissions arrangement between us and our agents or underwriters or among our underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. See “Plan of Distribution.” We may not sell any of our securities through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this prospectus and a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of such securities.

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “OXSQ.” On May6, 2020, the last reported sales price on the Nasdaq Global Select Market for our common stock was $2.50 per share. On March31, 2020, our net asset value was $3.32 per share.

Our 6.50% Unsecured Notes due 2024 (the “6.50% Unsecured Notes”) are currently listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “OXSQL”. The reported closing price for our 6.50% Unsecured Notes on May6, 2020 was $21.30 per note.

Our 6.25% Unsecured Notes due 2026 (the “6.25% Unsecured Notes”) are currently listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “OXSQZ”. The reported closing price for our 6.25% Unsecured Notes on May6, 2020 was $20.39 per note.

An investment in our securities is subject to a number of significant risks and involves a heightened risk of total loss of investment. In addition, the companies in which we invest are subject to special risks. See the section titled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings before investing in our securities.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of our securities unless accompanied by a prospectus supplement. This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement will together constitute the prospectus for an offering of our securities.

Please read this prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplements, and the documents incorporated by reference herein or therein, before investing and keep each for future reference. This prospectus contains and any accompanying prospectus supplement will contain important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in our securities. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC (http://www.sec.gov), which is available free of charge by contacting Oxford Square Capital Corp. at 8 Sound Shore Drive, Suite 255, Greenwich, CT 06830 or by telephone at (203) 983-5275, or by visiting our website (www.oxfordsquarecapital.com). The information found on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not incorporated into, and does not form a part of this prospectus or any other report or document we file with or furnish to the SEC.

May13, 2020

You should rely only on the information contained, collectively, in this prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplements, and the documents incorporated by reference herein or therein. We have not authorized any person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplements, and the documents incorporated by reference herein or therein. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplements, and the documents incorporated by reference herein or therein, do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplements, and the documents incorporated by reference herein or therein, is accurate as of the dates on their respective covers; however, this prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplements, and the documents incorporated by reference herein or therein, will be updated to reflect any material changes.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY	1
OFFERINGS	9
FEES AND EXPENSES	12
RISK FACTORS	14
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS	15
USE OF PROCEEDS	17
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS	18
SENIOR SECURITIES	21
PORTFOLIO COMPANIES	22
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE	31
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT	33
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT	36
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT	43
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS	44
DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN	50
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES	51
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK	51
DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK	58
DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS	59
DESCRIPTION OF OUR WARRANTS	61
DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES	62
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION	77
LEGAL MATTERS	79
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR	79
EXPERTS	79
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES	79
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	79
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE	80

i

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC, using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, we may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series up to $600,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock, or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities that we may offer. Each time we use this prospectus to offer securities, we will provide an accompanying prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The accompanying prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. If there is any inconsistency between information in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement, you should rely only on the information contained in the prospectus supplement and the documents incorporated by reference therein. Please carefully read this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement together with any exhibits and the additional information described under the headings “Incorporation of Certain Information By Reference,” “Where You Can Find Additional Information” and “Risk Factors” and summarized in this prospectus before you make an investment decision.

ii

SUMMARY

The following summary contains basic information about offerings pursuant to this prospectus. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of offerings pursuant to this prospectus, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus and the documents to which we have referred in this prospectus, together with any accompanying prospectus supplements and documents incorporated by reference herein or therein, including the risks incorporated by reference under the caption “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings and the information set forth under the caption “Where You Can Find Additional Information” in this prospectus.

Except where the context requires otherwise, the terms “OXSQ,” “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Oxford Square Capital Corp. (formerly known as TICC Capital Corp.) together with its subsidiary, Oxford Square Funding 2018, LLC (“OXSQ Funding”); “Oxford Square Management” refers to Oxford Square Management, LLC (formerly known as TICC Management, LLC); and “Oxford Funds” refers to Oxford Funds, LLC (formerly known as BDC Partners, LLC).

Overview

We operate as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company and have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We have elected to be treated for tax purposes as a RIC under the Code beginning with our 2003 taxable year. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio’s total return. Our primary current focus is to seek an attractive risk-adjusted total return by investing primarily in corporate debt securities and CLO structured finance investments that own corporate debt securities. CLO investments may also include warehouse facilities, which are early-stage CLO vehicles intended to aggregate loans that may be used to form the basis of a traditional CLO vehicle. We may also invest in publicly traded debt and/or equity securities. As a BDC, we may not acquire any asset other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time we make the acquisition, the value of our qualifying assets represents at least 70% of the value of our total assets.

Our capital is generally used by our corporate borrowers to finance organic growth, acquisitions, recapitalizations and working capital. Our investment decisions are based on extensive analysis of potential portfolio companies’ business operations supported by an in-depth understanding of the quality of their recurring revenues and cash flow, variability of costs and the inherent value of their assets, including proprietary intangible assets and intellectual property. In making our CLO investments, we consider the indenture structure for that vehicle, its operating characteristics and compliance with its various indenture provisions, as well as its corporate loan-based collateral pool.

We generally expect to invest between $5.0million and $50.0million in each of our portfolio investments, although this investment size may vary as the size of our capital base changes and market conditions warrant. We invest in both fixed and variable interest rate structures. We expect that our investment portfolio will be diversified among a large number of investments, with few investments, if any, exceeding 5% of the total portfolio.

The structures of our investments will vary and we seek to invest across a wide range of different industries. We seek to invest in entities that, as a general matter, have been operating for at least one year prior to the date of our investment and that will, at the time of our investment, have employees and revenues, and which are cash flow positive. Many of these companies are expected to have financial backing provided by other financial or strategic sponsors at the time we make an investment. The portfolio companies in which we invest, however, will generally be considered below investment grade, and their debt securities may in turn be referred to as “junk.” A portion of our investment portfolio may consist of debt investments for which issuers are not required to make significant principal payments until the maturity of the senior loans, which could result in a substantial loss to us if such issuers are unable to refinance or repay their debt at maturity. In addition, many of the debt securities we hold typically contain interest reset provisions that may make it more difficult for a borrower to repay the loan, heightening the risk that we may lose all or part of our investment.

We also purchase portions of equity and junior debt tranches of CLO vehicles. Substantially all of the CLO vehicles in which we may invest would be deemed to be investment companies under the 1940 Act but for the exceptions set forth in section 3(c)(1) or section 3(c)(7). Other than CLO vehicles, we do not intend to invest, and we would be limited to 15% of our net assets if we did invest, in any types of entities that rely on the exceptions set forth in section 3(c)(1) or section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act. Structurally, CLO vehicles are entities that are formed

1

to originate and manage a portfolio of loans. The loans within the CLO vehicle are limited to loans which meet established credit criteria and are subject to concentration limitations in order to limit a CLO vehicle’s exposure to a single credit. A CLO vehicle is formed by raising various classes or “tranches” of debt (with the most senior tranches being rated “AAA” to the most junior tranches typically being rated “BB” or “B”) and equity. The tranches of CLO vehicles rated “BB” or “B” may be referred to as “junk.” The equity of a CLO vehicle is generally required to absorb the CLO’s losses before any of the CLO’s other tranches, yet it also has the lowest level of payment priority among the CLO’s tranches; therefore, the equity is typically the riskiest of CLO investments which, if it were rated, may also be referred to as “junk.” We primarily focus on investing in the junior tranches and the equity of CLO vehicles. The CLO vehicles which we focus on are collateralized primarily by senior secured loans made to companies whose debt is unrated or is rated below investment grade, and generally have very little or no direct exposure to real estate, mortgage loans or to pools of consumer-based debt, such as credit card receivables or auto loans. However, there can be no assurance that the collateral securing such senior secured loans would satisfy all of the unpaid principal and interest of our investment in the CLO vehicle in the event of default and the junior tranches, especially the equity tranches, of CLO vehicles are the last tranches to be paid, if at all, in the event of a default. Our investment strategy may also include warehouse facilities, which are early-stage CLO vehicles intended to aggregate loans that may be used to form the basis of a traditional CLO vehicle.

We have historically borrowed funds to make investments and may continue to do so. As a result, we are exposed to the risks of leverage, which may be considered a speculative investment technique. Borrowings, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain and loss on amounts invested and therefore increase the risks associated with investing in our securities. In addition, the costs associated with our borrowings, including any increase in the management fee payable to our investment adviser, Oxford Square Management, will be borne by our common stockholders.

6.50% Unsecured Notes

On April12, 2017, we completed an underwritten public offering of approximately $64.4million in aggregate principal amount of the 6.50% Unsecured Notes. The 6.50% Unsecured Notes will mature on March30, 2024, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after March30, 2020. The 6.50% Unsecured Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.50% per year payable quarterly on March30, June30, September30, and December 30 of each year. The 6.50% Unsecured Notes are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “OXSQL.”

6.25% Unsecured Notes

On April3, 2019, we completed an underwritten public offering of approximately $44.8million in aggregate principal amount of the 6.25% Unsecured Notes. The 6.25% Unsecured Notes will mature on April30, 2026, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after April30, 2022. The 6.25% Unsecured Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.25% per year payable quarterly on January31, April30, July31, and October 31 of each year. The 6.25% Unsecured Notes are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “OXSQZ.”

ATM Offering

On August1, 2019, we entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement with Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. through which we may offer for sale, from time to time, up to $150.0million of our common stock through an At-the-Market (“ATM”) offering. From August1, 2019 to May6, 2020, we sold a total of 1,873,080shares of common stock pursuant to the ATM offering. The total amount of capital raised as a result of these sales of common stock was approximately $10.3million and net proceeds were approximately $10.2million after deducting the sales agent’s commissions and offering expenses.

2

Organizational and Regulatory Structure

Our investment activities are managed by Oxford Square Management. Oxford Square Management is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the “Advisers Act.” Oxford Square Management is owned by Oxford Funds, its managing member, and Charles M. Royce, a member of our Board of Directors who holds a minority, non-controlling interest in Oxford Square Management. Jonathan H. Cohen, our Chief Executive Officer, and Saul B. Rosenthal, our President and Chief Operating Officer, directly or indirectly own or control all of the outstanding equity interests of Oxford Funds. Under the investment advisory agreement, or the “Investment Advisory Agreement,” we have agreed to pay Oxford Square Management an annual base management fee based on our gross assets as well as an incentive fee based on our performance. See “Investment Advisory Agreement” in this prospectus.

We were founded in July 2003 and completed an initial public offering of shares of our common stock in November 2003. We are a Maryland corporation and a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. As a BDC, we are required to meet certain regulatory tests, including the requirement to invest at least 70% of our total assets in eligible portfolio companies. See “Item 1. Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, we have elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company, or “RIC,” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code.”

Our consolidated operations include the activities of our wholly-owned subsidiary, OXSQ Funding, for the periods during which it was held. OXSQ Funding, a special purpose vehicle, was formed for the purpose of entering into the OXSQ Facility.

Set forth below is a chart detailing our organizational structure as of March31, 2020.

Our Corporate Information

Our headquarters are located at 8 Sound Shore Drive, Suite 255, Greenwich, Connecticut and our telephone number is (203) 983-5275.

Competitive Advantages

We believe that we are well positioned to provide financing to corporate borrowers and structured finance vehicles that, in turn, provide capital to corporate borrowers for the following reasons:

•        Expertise in credit analysis and monitoring investments; and

•        Established transaction sourcing network.

3

Expertise in credit analysis and monitoring investments

While our investment focus is on middle-market companies, we have invested, and in the future will likely continue to invest, in larger and smaller companies and in other investment structures on an opportunistic basis, including CLO investment vehicles. We believe our experience in analyzing middle-market companies and CLO investment structures, as detailed in the biographies of Oxford Square Management’s senior investment professionals, affords us a sustainable competitive advantage over lenders with limited experience in investing in these markets. In particular, we have expertise in evaluating the investment merits of middle-market companies as well as the structural features of CLO investments, and monitoring the credit risk of such investments after closing until full repayment.

•        Jonathan H. Cohen, our Chief Executive Officer, has more than 25 years of experience in debt and equity research and investment. Mr.Cohen has also served as Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Oxford Lane Capital Corp. (NasdaqGS: OXLC), a registered closed-end fund, and as Chief Executive Officer of its investment adviser, Oxford Lane Management, LLC, or “Oxford Lane Management,” since 2010. Since 2015 and 2018, respectively, Mr.Cohen has also served as Chief Executive Officer of Oxford Bridge Management, LLC, or “Oxford Bridge Management,” the investment adviser to Oxford Bridge, LLC and Oxford Bridge II, LLC (collectively, the “Oxford Bridge Funds”), and Oxford Gate Management, LLC, or “Oxford Gate Management,” the investment adviser to Oxford Gate Master Fund, LLC, Oxford Gate, LLC and Oxford Gate (Bermuda), LLC (collectively, the “Oxford Gate Funds”). The Oxford Bridge Funds and the Oxford Gate Funds are private investment funds. Previously, Mr.Cohen managed technology equity research groups at Wit Capital, Merrill Lynch, UBS and Smith Barney. Mr.Cohen is a member of the Board of Trustees of Connecticut College. Mr.Cohen received a B.A. in Economics from Connecticut College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

•        Saul B. Rosenthal, our President and Chief Operating Officer, has more than 20 years of experience in the capital markets, with a focus on middle-market transactions. In addition, Mr.Rosenthal has served as President and a Director of Oxford Lane Capital Corp. (NasdaqGS: OXLC), a registered closed-end fund, and as President of Oxford Lane Management, since 2010. Mr.Rosenthal has also served as President of Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds, since 2015 and 2018, respectively. Mr.Rosenthal was previously an attorney at the law firm of Shearman & Sterling LLP. Mr.Rosenthal serves on the board of the National Museum of Mathematics. Mr.Rosenthal received a B.S., magna cum laude, from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, a J.D. from Columbia University Law School, where he was a Harlan Fiske Stone Scholar, and a LL.M. (Taxation) from New York University School of Law.

•        Darryl Monasebian is the Executive Vice President and head of risk and portfolio management of Oxford Square Management, and also holds those same positions at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Prior to joining Oxford Square Management, Mr.Monasebian was a director in the Merchant Banking Group at BNP Paribas, and prior to that he was a director at Swiss Bank Corporation and a senior account officer at Citibank. He began his business career at Metropolitan Life Insurance Company as an investment analyst in the Corporate Investments Department. Mr.Monasebian received a B.S. in Management Science/Operations Research from Case Western Reserve University and a Masters of Business Administration from Boston University’s Graduate School of Management.

•        Debdeep Maji is a Senior Managing Director of Oxford Square Management, and also holds the same position at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., at Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Mr.Maji graduated from the Jerome Fisher Program in Management and Technology at the University of Pennsylvania where he received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from the Wharton School (and was designated a Joseph Wharton Scholar) and a Bachelor of Applied Science from the School of Engineering.

•        Kevin Yonon is a Managing Director of Oxford Square Management, and also holds the same position at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., at Oxford Bridge

4

Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Previously, Mr.Yonon was an Associate at Deutsche Bank Securities and prior to that he was an Analyst at Blackstone Mezzanine Partners. Before joining Blackstone, he worked as an Analyst at Merrill Lynch in the Mergers & Acquisitions group. Mr.Yonon received a B.S. in Economics with concentrations in Finance and Accounting from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, where he graduated magna cum laude, and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

Established deal sourcing network

Through the investment professionals of Oxford Square Management, we have extensive contacts and sources from which to generate investment opportunities. These contacts and sources include private equity funds, companies, brokers and bankers. We believe that senior professionals of Oxford Square Management have developed strong relationships within the investment community over their years within the banking, investment management and equity research fields.

Management Fee

We pay Oxford Square Management a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components — a base management fee, or the “Base Fee,” and an incentive fee. The cost of both the Base Fee payable to Oxford Square Management and any incentive fees earned by Oxford Square Management are ultimately borne by our common stockholders.

Through March31, 2016, the Base Fee was calculated at an annual rate of 2.00%. Effective April1, 2016, the Base Fee is currently calculated at an annual rate of 1.50%. The Base Fee is payable quarterly in arrears, and is calculated based on the average value of Oxford Square’s gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and appropriately adjusted for any equity or debt capital raises, repurchases or redemptions during the current calendar quarter (however, no Base Fee will be payable on the cash proceeds received by Oxford Square in connection with any share or debt issuances until such proceeds have been invested in accordance with Oxford Square’s investment objectives). Accordingly, the Base Fee will be payable regardless of whether the value of the Company’s gross assets have decreased during the quarter. The Base Fee for any partial quarter will be appropriately pro rated.

The incentive fee has two parts: net investment income incentive fee and capital gains incentive fee. The net investment income incentive fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the amount by which (x) the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding calendar quarter exceeds (y) the “Preferred Return Amount” for that calendar quarter. For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any accrued income that Oxford Square has not yet received in cash and any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that Oxford Square receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus Oxford Square’s operating expenses accrued during the calendar quarter (including the Base Fee, expenses payable under an administration agreement, or the “Administration Agreement,” and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, or “OID,” debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. Our investment adviser will not be under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued income that we never receive as a result of a default by an entity on the obligation that resulted in the accrual of such income. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” does not include any realized gains, realized losses or unrealized appreciation or depreciation. Given that this portion of the incentive fee is payable without regard to any gain, loss or unrealized depreciation that may occur during the quarter, this portion of Oxford Square Management’s incentive fee may also be payable notwithstanding a decline in net asset value that quarter.

From January1, 2005 through March31, 2016, the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income,” which was expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, was compared to one-fourth of an annual hurdle rate that was determined as of the immediately preceding December 31st by adding 5.00% to the interest rate then payable on the most recently issued five-year U.S. Treasury Notes, up to a maximum annual hurdle rate of 10.00%.

5

Effective April1, 2016, a “Preferred Return Amount” is calculated on a quarterly basis by multiplying 1.75% by the Company’s net asset value at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The net investment income incentive fee is then calculated as follows: (a) no net investment income incentive fee is payable to Oxford Square Management in any calendar quarter in which the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” does not exceed the “Preferred Return Amount”; (b) 100% of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the “Preferred Return Amount” but is less than or equal to a “Catch-Up Amount” determined on a quarterly basis by multiplying 2.1875% by Oxford Square’s net asset value at the end of such calendar quarter; and (c) for any quarter in which the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” exceeds the “Catch-Up Amount,” the net investment income incentive fee will be 20% of the amount of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for such quarter. There is no accumulation of amounts from quarter to quarter for the “Preferred Return Amount,” and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid to Oxford Square Management if the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for subsequent quarters is below the quarterly “Preferred Return Amount,” and there is no delay of payment of incentive fees to Oxford Square Management if the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for prior quarters is below the quarterly “Preferred Return Amount” for the quarter for which the calculation is being made.

In addition, effective April1, 2016, the calculation of the Company’s net investment income incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that a net investment income incentive fee will not be payable to Oxford Square Management except to the extent 20% of the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” (which is the amount, if positive, of the sum of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income,” realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation) during the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and the eleven (11) preceding quarters (or if shorter, the number of quarters since April1, 2016) exceeds the cumulative net investment income incentive fees accrued and/or paid for such eleven (11) preceding quarters (or if shorter, the number of quarters since April1, 2016). Under the revised fee structure, under no circumstances will the aggregate fees earned from April1, 2016 by Oxford Square Management in any quarterly period be higher than the aggregate fees that would have been earned prior to the adoption of these changes.

The capital gains part of the incentive fee is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), and equals 20% of our “Capital Gains Incentive Fee,” which consists of our realized capital gains for each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for that calendar year. For accounting purposes under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the Capital Gains Incentive Fee calculated is based on a hypothetical liquidation of the Company. In such a calculation, in order to reflect the theoretical Capital Gains Incentive Fee that would be payable for a given period as if all unrealized gains were realized, we will accrue a Capital Gains Incentive Fee based upon net realized gains and unrealized depreciation for that calendar year (in accordance with the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement), plus unrealized appreciation on investments held at the end of the period. It should be noted that a fee so calculated and accrued would not necessarily be payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of Capital Gains Incentive Fees in subsequent periods. Amounts paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement will be consistent with the formula reflected in the Investment Advisory Agreement. See “Investment Advisory Agreement.”

6

Risk Factors

The value of our assets, as well as the market price of our securities, will fluctuate. Our investments may be risky, and you may lose all or part of your investment in us. Investing in our securities involves other significant risks, including the following:

•        We are dependent upon Oxford Square Management’s key management personnel for our future success, particularly Jonathan H. Cohen and Saul B. Rosenthal.

•        We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities.

•        There will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments, which may impact our net asset value.

•        The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

•        We may experience fluctuations in our operating results for any period, and as a result, our financial results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

•        Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

•        Global capital markets could enter a period of severe disruption and instability. These market conditions have historically and could again have a materially adverse effect on debt and equity capital markets in the U.S., which could have a materially negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•        Our business is subject to increasingly complex corporate governance, public disclosure and accounting requirements that could adversely affect our business and financial results.

•        Uncertainty relating to the LIBOR calculation process may adversely affect the value of our portfolio of the LIBOR-indexed, floating-rate debt securities.

•        We are permitted to borrow money, which magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.

•        If we are unable to comply with the covenants or restrictions in our borrowings, our business could be materially adversely affected.

•        Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we raise additional capital, which may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

•        A change in interest rates may adversely affect our profitability and we may expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions to mitigate changes in interest rates.

•        We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

•        We cannot predict how tax reform legislation will affect us, our investments, or our stockholders, and any such legislation could adversely affect our business.

•        Changes to U.S. tariff and import/export regulations may have a negative effect on our portfolio companies and, in turn, harm us.

•        Uncertainty about presidential administration initiatives could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•        Our investment portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt securities that we hold or if the sectors in which we invest experience a market downturn.

•        Most of our debt investments will not fully amortize during their lifetime, which may subject us to the risk of loss of our principal in the event a portfolio company is unable to repay us prior to maturity.

7

•        Our investments in the companies that we target may be extremely risky and we could lose all or part of our investments.

•        Our incentive fee may induce Oxford Square Management to use leverage and to make speculative investments.

•        Our investments in CLO vehicles are riskier and less transparent than direct investments in portfolio companies and our investments in warehouse facilities are subject to greater risks compared to our other investments.

•        Failure by a CLO vehicle in which we are invested to satisfy certain tests will harm our operating results.

•        Our financial results may be affected adversely if one or more of our significant equity or junior debt investments in a CLO vehicle defaults on its payment obligations or fails to perform as we expect or if the market price fluctuates significantly in such illiquid investments.

•        Our common stock price may be volatile.

•        Our shares of common stock have traded at a discount from net asset value and may do so in the future.

•        You may not receive distributions or our distributions may decline or may not grow over time.

•        If we issue preferred stock, the net asset value and market value of our common stock will likely become more volatile.

•        Holders of any preferred stock we might issue would have the right to elect members of our Board of Directors and class voting rights on certain matters.

•        Events outside of our control, including public health crises, could negatively affect our portfolio companies and our results of operations.

•        We are currently operating in a period of capital markets disruption and economic uncertainty.

•        If the current period of capital market disruption and instability continues for an extended period of time, there is a risk that investors in our equity securities may not receive distributions consistent with historical levels or at all for an indefinite period or that our distributions may not grow over time and a portion of our distributions may be a return of capital.

•        Due to the recent COVID-19 pandemic, shares of BDCs have traded below their respective NAVs. If our shares of common stock trade at discount from NAV, it could limit our ability to raise equity capital.

See the section titled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings before investing in our securities.

8

OFFERINGS

We may offer, from time to time, up to $600,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock, or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. We will offer our securities at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The offering price per share of our common stock, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, generally will not be less than the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time of an offering. However, we may issue shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus at a price per share that is less than our net asset value per share of (i) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (ii) with the prior approval of the majority of our common stockholders or (iii) under such other circumstances as the SEC may permit. Any such issuance of shares of our common stock below net asset value may be dilutive to the net asset value of our common stock. See the section titled “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to an Investment in our Securities” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings.

Our securities may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, or through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The prospectus supplement relating to an offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of our securities, and will disclose any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between us and our agents or underwriters or among our underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. See “Plan of Distribution.” We may not sell any of our securities through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this prospectus and a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of such securities.

Set forth below is additional information regarding offerings of our securities:

Use of Proceeds	We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our securities pursuant to this prospectus for general corporate purposes, which may include investments in corporate debt and equity securities and investments in collateralized loan obligations. The supplement to this prospectus relating to an offering will more fully identify the use of the proceeds from such offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”
NASDAQ Global Select Market symbol for common stock	“OXSQ”
NASDAQ Global Select Market symbol for 6.50% Unsecured Notes	“OXSQL”
NASDAQ Global Select Market symbol for 6.25% Unsecured Notes	“OXSQZ”
Distributions	To the extent that we have income available, we intend to distribute quarterly distributions to our stockholders. The amount of our distributions, if any, will be determined by our Board of Directors. Any distributions to our stockholders will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution.
Taxation	We have elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally do not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to our stockholders as distributions. To maintain our RIC tax treatment, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. See “Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions” and “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

9

Leverage	We have historically and may in the future borrow funds to make investments. As a result, we may be exposed to the risks of leverage, which may be considered a speculative investment technique. The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain and loss on amounts invested and therefore increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. In addition, the costs associated with our borrowings, including any increase in the management fee payable to our investment adviser, Oxford Square Management, will be borne by our common stockholders.
Management Arrangements	Oxford Square Management serves as our investment adviser. Oxford Funds serves as our administrator. For a description of Oxford Square Management and Oxford Funds, and our contractual arrangements with these companies, see “Investment Advisory Agreement” and “Administration Agreement.”
Distribution Reinvestment Plan	We have adopted an “opt out” distribution reinvestment plan. If your shares of common stock are registered in your own name, your distributions will automatically be reinvested under our distribution reinvestment plan in additional whole and fractional shares of common stock, unless you “opt out” of our distribution reinvestment plan so as to receive cash distributions by delivering a written notice to our distribution paying agent. If your shares are held in the name of a broker or other nominee, you should contact the broker or nominee for details regarding opting out of our distribution reinvestment plan. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of stock will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”
Certain Anti-Takeover Measures	Our charter and bylaws, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change in control in circumstances that could give the holders of our securities the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price for our securities. See “Description of Our Capital Stock.”
Where You Can Find Additional Information	We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 together with all amendments and related exhibits under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act.” The registration statement contains additional information about us and the securities being offered by this prospectus. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act.” The information we file with the SEC is available free of charge by contacting us at 8 Sound Shore Drive, Suite 255, Greenwich, CT 06830, by telephone at (203) 983-5275 or on our website at www.oxfordsquarecapital.com. Information contained on our website or on the SEC’s web site about us is not incorporated into this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our website or on the SEC’s website to be part of this prospectus.

10

Incorporation of Certain Information
By Reference
We incorporate by reference into this prospectus the documents listed in “Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference” in this prospectus and any future filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, including any filings on or after the date of this prospectus (excluding any information “furnished”, rather than “filed”), until we have sold all of the offered securities to which this prospectus relates or the offering is otherwise terminated. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Any statement in a document incorporated by reference into this prospectus will be deemed to be automatically modified or superseded to the extent a statement contained in (1) this prospectus, or any prospectus supplement, or (2) any other subsequently filed document that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus modifies or supersedes such statement. We will provide without charge to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request, a copy of any and all of the documents that have been or may be incorporated by reference in this prospectus. See “Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference” and “Where You Can Find Additional Information” in this prospectus for further information on where to access, or how to request, copies of documents or further information in connection with the Company, this prospectus or an offering of securities to which this prospectus relates.

11

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or “OXSQ,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, you will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as an investor in OXSQ. The fee table and example below include all fees and expenses of our consolidated subsidiary.

Stockholder transaction expenses:
Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)	—	%(1)
Offering expenses borne by our common stockholders (as a percentage of offering price)	—	%(2)
Distribution reinvestment plan expenses	None	​(3)
Total stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of offering price)	—	%
Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to our common stock):
Base management fee	2.26	%(4)
Incentive fees payable under our investment advisory agreement	—	%(5)
Interest payments on borrowed funds	3.53	%(6)
Other expenses (includes OXSQ’s consolidated subsidiary)	2.04	%(7)
Total annual expenses	7.83	%(8)

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock, assuming (1) a 2.00% sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions) and offering expenses totalling 0.37%, (2) total net estimated annual expenses of 7.83% of average net assets attributable to our common stock as set forth in the table above and (3) a 5% annual return.

	1 Year		3 Years		5 Years		10 Years
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return	$	99	$	243	$	380	$	688

The example and the expenses in the tables above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown. Moreover, while the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5.0% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5.0%. The incentive fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement, which, assuming a 5.0% annual return, would either not be payable or have a de minimis effect, is nonetheless included in the example for illustrative purposes based upon the estimated annual expenses relating thereto as set forth above. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments to trigger an incentive fee of a material amount, our expenses, and returns to our investors, would be higher. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all distributions at net asset value, participants in our distribution reinvestment plan may receive shares valued at the market price in effect at that time. This price may be at, above or below net asset value. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our distribution reinvestment plan.

____________

(1)      In the event that the securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, a corresponding prospectus supplement will disclose the applicable sales load and the “Example” will be updated accordingly.

(2)      The prospectus supplement corresponding to each offering will disclose the applicable offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses as a percentage of the offering price.

(3)      The expenses of the distribution reinvestment plan are included in “other expenses.” The plan administrator’s fees will be paid by us. We will not charge any brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the plan. However, your own broker may impose brokerage charges in connection with your participation in the plan.

(4)      Assumes gross assets (which equals the total assets on our Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities adjusted as described in this footnote) of $323.4million and $109.2million of leverage (including $64.4million in aggregate principal of our 6.50% Unsecured Notes and $44.8million in aggregate principal of our 6.25% Unsecured Notes, in each case, as of March 31, 2020 and less any respective amortization of deferred issuance costs), and assumes net assets of $214.7 million (which has been adjusted to reflect the issuance of an additional $50.0 million of common stock). The above calculation presents our base management fee as a percentage of our net assets. Our base management fee under the Investment

12

Advisory Agreement, however, is based on our gross assets, which is defined as all the assets of Oxford Square Capital Corp., including those acquired using borrowings for investment purposes. As a result, to the extent we use additional leverage, it would have the effect of increasing our base management fee as a percentage of our net assets. See “Investment Advisory Agreement” in this prospectus for additional information.

(5)      Assumes no annual incentive fees earned by Oxford Square Management which is consistent with the three months ended March 31, 2020, due to the Total Return Requirement described below. In subsequent periods, incentive fees would increase if, and to the extent that, we earn greater interest income through our investments in portfolio companies and realize additional gains upon the sale of warrants or other equity investments in such companies. The incentive fee consists of two parts. The first part, which is payable quarterly in arrears, equals the amount by which (x) the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding calendar quarter exceeds (y) the “Preferred Return Amount” for that calendar quarter. Effective April 1, 2016, a “Preferred Return Amount” is calculated on a quarterly basis by multiplying 1.75% by the Company’s net asset value at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The net investment income incentive fee is then calculated as follows: (a) no net investment income incentive fee is payable to Oxford Square Management in any calendar quarter in which the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” does not exceed the “Preferred Return Amount”; (b) 100% of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the “Preferred Return Amount” but is less than or equal to a “Catch-Up Amount” determined on a quarterly basis by multiplying 2.1875% by OXSQ’s net asset value at the end of such calendar quarter; and (c) for any quarter in which the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” exceeds the “Catch-Up Amount,” the net investment income incentive fee will be 20% of the amount of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for such quarter. In addition, effective April 1, 2016, the calculation of the Company’s net investment income incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, (the “Total Return Requirement”) which provides that a net investment income incentive fee will not be payable to Oxford Square Management except to the extent 20% of the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” (which is the amount, if positive, of the sum of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income,” realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation) during the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and the eleven (11) preceding quarters (or if shorter, the number of quarters since April 1, 2016) exceeds the cumulative net investment income incentive fees accrued and/or paid for such eleven (11) preceding quarters (or if shorter, the number of quarters since April 1, 2016). The second part of the incentive fee equals 20.0% of our net realized gains for the calendar year less any unrealized losses for such year and will be payable at the end of each calendar year. It should be noted that no capital gains incentive fee was calculated as of March 31, 2020, which is calculated based upon an assumed liquidation of the entire portfolio, and no other changes in realized or unrealized gains and losses, as of March 31, 2020 and the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement on such date. For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of the incentive fees, see “Investment Advisory Agreement” in the Base Prospectus.

(6)      Assumes that we have $109.2million of outstanding principal borrowings as of March 31, 2020. The calculation also assumes an effective interest rate of 7.02% (including amortization of deferred issuance costs) on the approximately $64.4 million of 6.50% Unsecured Notes outstanding as of March 31, 2020 and an effective interest rate of 6.79% (including amortization of deferred issuance costs) on the approximately $44.8 million of 6.25% Unsecured Notes outstanding as of March 31, 2020. This table includes all of the commitment fees, interest expense and amortized financing costs of the 6.50% Unsecured Notes and the 6.25% Unsecured Notes, as well as the fees and expenses of issuing and servicing any other borrowings or leverage that the Company expects to incur during the 12 months following effectiveness of the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part. We may issue preferred stock, which may be considered a form of leverage, pursuant to the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part, although we have no current plans to do so during the 12 months following effectiveness of such registration statement.

(7)      “Other expenses” ($4.2million) are based on the actual expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2020, annualized, and adjusted for any new and non-recurring expenses, such as the offering costs on an assumed issuance of an additional $50.0 million of common stock. These expenses include certain expenses allocated to the Company under the Investment Advisory Agreement, such as travel expenses incurred in connection with the investigation and monitoring of our investments. In the event of a debt restructuring or extinguishment, we may incur a loss comprised of deferred financing costs and note discount which may cause actual expenses to exceed those amounts projected in the table.

(8)      “Total annual expenses” is presented as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stockholders, because the holders of shares of our common stock (and not the holders of our debt securities or preferred stock, if any) bear all of our fees and expenses, including the fees and expenses of any wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary, all of which are included in this fee table presentation. The indirect expenses associated with the Company’s CLO equity investments are not included in the fee table presentation, but if such expenses were included in the fee table presentation then OXSQ’s total annual expenses would have been 13.02%.

13

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Before deciding whether to invest in our securities, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described in the section titled “Risk Factors” in the applicable prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus, and discussed in the section titled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, the section titled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and any subsequent filings we have made with the SEC that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus or any prospectus supplement, together with other information in this prospectus, the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement, and any free writing prospectus that we may authorize for use in connection with this offering. The risks described in these documents are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. Past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, revenue, and future prospects could be seriously harmed. This could cause our net asset value and the trading price of our securities to decline, resulting in a loss of all or part of your investment. Please also read carefully the section titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

14

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the documents that we incorporate by reference herein, contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about Oxford Square, our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:

•        our future operating results, including our ability to achieve objectives as a result of the current COVID-19 pandemic;

•        our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

•        the impact of investments that we expect to make;

•        our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

•        the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon;

•        the valuation of our investments in portfolio companies, particularly those having no liquid trading market, and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon;

•        market conditions and our ability to access alternative debt markets and additional debt and equity capital, and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon;

•        the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

•        our expected financings and investments;

•        the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

•        the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon; and

•        the ability of our investment adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments and the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic thereon.

These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

•        an economic downturn, including as a result of the current COVID-19 pandemic, could impair our portfolio companies’ ability to continue to operate, which could lead to the loss of some or all of our investments in such portfolio companies;

•        a contraction of available credit and/or an inability to access the equity markets, including as a result of the current COVID-19 pandemic, could impair our lending and investment activities;

•        interest rate volatility could adversely affect our results, particularly because we use leverage as part of our investment strategy;

•        currency fluctuations could adversely affect the results of our investments in foreign companies, particularly to the extent that we receive payments denominated in foreign currency rather than U.S. dollars; and

•        the risks, uncertainties and other factors we identify in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings.

15

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. Important assumptions include our ability to originate new loans and investments, certain margins and levels of profitability and the availability of additional capital. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus. However, we will update this prospectus, and the documents that we incorporate by reference herein, to reflect any material changes to the information contained herein. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, including the documents that we incorporate by reference herein, are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act.

16

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our securities pursuant to this prospectus for general corporate purposes, which may include investments in corporate debt and equity securities and investments in collateralized loan obligations. The supplement to this prospectus relating to an offering will more fully identify the use of the proceeds from such offering.

We estimate that it will take up to six months for us to substantially invest the net proceeds of any offering made pursuant to this prospectus, depending on the availability of attractive opportunities and market conditions. However, we can offer no assurance that we will be able to achieve this goal.

Pending these uses, we will invest such net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, and U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, which are consistent with maintaining our election as a RIC. These temporary investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we hope to achieve from our target investments. The management fee payable by us to our investment adviser will not be reduced while our assets are invested in such temporary investments.

17

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “OXSQ.” The following table sets forth, for each fiscal quarter during the last two fiscal years and the current fiscal year, the net asset value, or “NAV,” per share of our common stock, the high and low intraday sales prices for our common stock, such sales prices as a percentage of NAV per share and quarterly distributions per share.

			Price Range				Premium or (Discount) of High Sales Price to NAV(2)		Premium or (Discount) of Low Sales Price to NAV(2)		Distributions Per Share(3)
	NAV(1)		High		Low
Fiscal 2020
Second Quarter (through May 6, 2020)		*	$	3.46	$	2.10	*		*		$	0.20
First Quarter		3.32	$	6.26	$	2.04	88.6	%	(38.6	)%	$	0.20
Fiscal 2019
Fourth Quarter	$	5.12	$	6.28	$	5.02	22.7	%	(2.0	)%	$	0.20
Third Quarter	$	5.42	$	6.76	$	6.04	24.7	%	11.4	%	$	0.20
Second Quarter	$	6.31	$	6.62	$	6.19	4.9	%	(1.9	)%	$	0.20
First Quarter	$	6.67	$	7.45	$	6.16	11.7	%	(7.6	)%	$	0.20
Fiscal 2018
Fourth Quarter	$	6.60	$	7.21	$	5.89	9.2	%	(10.8	)%	$	0.20
Third Quarter	$	7.49	$	7.52	$	6.87	0.4	%	(8.3	)%	$	0.20
Second Quarter	$	7.56	$	7.25	$	5.91	(4.1	)%	(21.8	)%	$	0.20
First Quarter	$	7.60	$	6.44	$	5.15	(15.3	)%	(32.2	)%	$	0.20

____________

(1)      Net asset value per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the net asset value per share on the date of the high and low sales prices. The net asset values shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.

(2)      Calculated as the respective high or low intraday sales price divided by NAV and subtracting 1.

(3)      Represents the cash distributions, including dividends, dividends reinvested and returns of capital, if any, per share that we have declared on our common stock in the specified quarter.

*         Not determinable as of the date of this prospectus.

On May6, 2020, the last reported sales price of our common stock was $2.50 per share. As of May6, 2020, we had 142 stockholders of record.

Shares of BDCs may trade at a market price that is less than the value of the net assets attributable to those shares. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value or at premiums that are unsustainable over the long term are separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. Since 2008, our shares of common stock have traded both at a premium and a discount to the net assets attributable to those shares. As of May6, 2020, our shares of common stock traded at a discount equal to approximately 24.7% of the net asset value per share as of March31, 2020. It is not possible to predict whether the shares offered hereby will trade at, above, or below net asset value.

The amount of our periodic distributions is determined by our Board of Directors. To the extent our taxable earnings for any fiscal year fall below the total amount of our distributions for that fiscal year, a portion of those distributions may be deemed a taxable return of capital to our stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits constitute a return of capital and will reduce the stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock. A return of capital (1) is a return of the original amount invested, (2) does not constitute earnings or profits and (3) will have the effect of reducing the basis such that when a stockholder sells its shares the sale may be subject to taxes even if the shares are sold for less than the original purchase price. There can be no assurance that we will achieve investment results or maintain a tax treatment that will permit any particular level of distribution payment. Our ability to make distributions is limited by the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act. For a more detailed discussion, see “Item 1. Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K.

18

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan. If your shares of common stock are registered in your own name, your distributions will automatically be reinvested under our distribution reinvestment plan in additional whole and fractional shares of common stock, unless you opt out of our distribution reinvestment plan by delivering a written notice to our distribution paying agent. If your shares are held in the name of a broker or other nominee, you should contact the broker or nominee for details regarding opting out of our distribution reinvestment plan.

The following table reflects the cash distributions, including dividends and returns of capital, if any, per share that have been declared by our board of directors for the two most recent fiscal years and the current fiscal year to date:

Date Declared	Record Date	Payment Date	Total Distributions			GAAP Net Investment Income			Distributions in excess of/ (less than) GAAP net investment income
Fiscal 2020
February 24, 2020	June 15, 2020	June 30, 2020	$	0.067		$	N/A		$	—
February 24, 2020	May 14, 2020	May 29, 2020		0.067			N/A			—
February 24, 2020	April 15, 2020	April 30, 2020		0.067			N/A			—
Total (Second Quarter 2020)				0.201			—	​(5)		—	​(5)
October 25, 2019	March 17, 2020	March 31, 2020		0.067			N/A			—
October 25, 2019	February 14, 2020	February 28, 2020		0.067			N/A			—
October 25, 2019	January 17, 2020	January 31, 2020		0.067			N/A			—
Total (First Quarter 2020)				0.201			0.13			0.07
Fiscal 2019(3)
July 25, 2019	December 18, 2019	December 31, 2019		0.067			N/A			—
July 25, 2019	November 15, 2019	November 29, 2019		0.067			N/A			—
July 25, 2019	October 21, 2019	October 31, 2019		0.067			N/A			—
Total (Fourth Quarter 2019)				0.201			0.18			0.02
April 23, 2019	September 23, 2019	September 30, 2019		0.067			N/A			—
April 23, 2019	August 23, 2019	August 30, 2019		0.067			N/A			—
April 23, 2019	July 24, 2019	July 31, 2019		0.067			N/A			—
Total (Third Quarter 2019)				0.201			0.19			0.01
February 22, 2019	June 21, 2019	June 28, 2019		0.067			N/A			—
February 22, 2019	May 24, 2019	May 31, 2019		0.067			N/A			—
February 22, 2019	April 23, 2019	April 30, 2019		0.067			N/A			—
Total (Second Quarter 2019)				0.201			0.27			(0.07	)
February 22, 2019	March 15, 2019	March 29, 2019		0.200			0.18			0.02
Total (First Quarter 2019)				0.200			0.18			0.02
Total (2019)			$	0.803	​(1)	$	0.81	​(4)	$	(0.01	)(4)
Fiscal 2018
October 26, 2018	December 17, 2018	December 31, 2018	$	0.20		$	0.18		$	0.02
July 26, 2018	September 14, 2018	September 28, 2018		0.20			0.18			0.02
April 24, 2018	June 15, 2018	June 29, 2018		0.20			0.15			0.05
February 22, 2018	March 16, 2018	March 30, 2018		0.20			0.17			0.03
Total (2018)			$	0.80	​(2)	$	0.67	​(4)	$	0.13	​(4)

____________

(1)      The tax characterization of cash distributions for the year ended December 31, 2019 will not be known until the tax return for such year is finalized. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the amounts and sources of distributions reported are only estimates and are not being provided for U.S. tax reporting purposes. The final determination of the source of all distributions in 2019 will be made after year-end and the amounts represented may be materially different from the amounts disclosed in the final Form 1099-DIV notice. The actual amounts and sources of the amounts for tax reporting purposes will depend upon the Company’s investment performance and may be subject to change based on tax regulations.

19

(2)      Cash distributions for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes a tax return of capital of approximately $0.26 per share for tax purposes.

(3)      For the period from April 30, 2019 through June 30, 2020, the Board declared monthly distributions in lieu of quarterly distributions.

(4)      Totals may not sum due to rounding.

(5)      We have not yet reported investment income for this period.

20

SENIOR SECURITIES

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following tables as of March31, 2020 and as of the end of each fiscal year since 2010. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on the senior securities table as of December31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Year	Total Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Treasury Securities(1)		Asset Coverage Ratio Per Unit(2)		Involuntary Liquidation Preference Per Unit(3)	Average Market Value Per Unit(4)
6.25% Unsecured Notes
2020 (as of March 31, 2020) (unaudited)	$	44,790,750	$	2,484	—	$	23.92
2019	$	44,790,750	$	2,786	—	$	25.07
OXSQ Funding Facility
2019	$	28,090,601	$	2,786	—		N/A
2018	$	85,679,403	$	3,085	—		N/A
6.50% Unsecured Notes
2020 (as of March 31, 2020) (unaudited)	$	64,370,225	$	2,484	—	$	24.08
2019	$	64,370,225	$	2,786	—	$	25.43
2018	$	64,370,225	$	3,085	—	$	25.51
2017	$	64,370,225	$	7,003	—	$	25.90
2017 Convertible Notes
2016	$	94,542,000	$	2,707	—		N/A
2015	$	115,000,000	$	2,007	—		N/A
2014	$	115,000,000	$	2,024	—		N/A
2013	$	115,000,000	$	2,141	—		N/A
2012	$	115,000,000	$	2,200	—		N/A
Debt Securitization – TICC CLO 2012-1 LLC Senior Notes
2016	$	129,281,817	$	2,707	—		N/A
2015	$	240,000,000	$	2,007	—		N/A
2014	$	240,000,000	$	2,024	—		N/A
2013	$	240,000,000	$	2,141	—		N/A
2012	$	120,000,000	$	2,200	—		N/A
TICC Funding, LLC Revolving Credit Facility
2014	$	150,000,000	$	2,024	—		N/A
Debt Securitization – TICC CLO LLC Senior Notes
2013	$	101,250,000	$	2,141	—		N/A
2012	$	101,250,000	$	2,200	—		N/A
2011	$	101,250,000	$	3,998	—		N/A
2010		—		—	—		—

____________

(1)      Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.

(2)      Asset coverage per unit is the ratio of the carrying value of our total consolidated assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Asset coverage per unit is expressed in terms of dollar amounts per $1,000 of indebtedness.

(3)      The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the voluntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it. The “-” in this column indicates that the Securities and Exchange Commission expressly does not require this information to be disclosed for the types of senior securities representing indebtedness issued by OXSQ as of the stated time periods.

(4)      Not applicable for any of the senior securities (except for the 6.50% Unsecured Notes and the 6.25% Unsecured Notes) as they are not registered for public trading. For the 6.50% Unsecured Notes, the amounts represent the average of the daily closing prices on the NASDAQ Global Select Market for the period from April 12, 2017 (date of issuance) through December 31, 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, and for the three months ended March 31, 2020. For the 6.25% Unsecured Notes, the amounts represent the average of the daily closing prices on the NASDAQ Global Select Market for the period from April 3, 2019 (date of issuance) through December 31, 2019 and for the three months ended March 31, 2020.

21

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

The following table sets forth certain information as of March31, 2020 regarding each portfolio company in which we have a debt or equity investment. The general terms of our loans and other investments are described in “Item 1. Business — Investment Process” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. We offer to make available significant managerial assistance to our qualified portfolio companies. We may receive rights to observe the meetings of our portfolio companies’ board of directors. Other than these investments, our only relationships with our portfolio companies are the managerial assistance we may separately provide to our portfolio companies, which services would be ancillary to our investments.

COMPANY/INVESTMENT(1)(20)	ADDRESS OF PORTFOLIO COMPANY	PERCENTAGE OF CLASS HELD	COST		FAIR VALUE(2)		% OF NET ASSETS
Senior Secured Notes
Aerospace and Defense
Novetta, LLC
first lien senior secured notes, 6.00% (LIBOR + 5.00%), (1.00% floor) due October 16, 2022(4)(5)(6)(15)	7921 Jones Branch Drive McLean, VA 22102	—	$	5,411,988	$	4,729,147
Total Aerospace and Defense			$	5,411,988	$	4,729,147	2.9	%
Business Services
Access CIG, Inc.
first lien senior secured notes, 5.53% (LIBOR +3.75%), (0.00% floor) due February 27, 2025(4)(5)(6)(14)(16)	6818 A Patterson Pass Road, Livermore, CA 94550	—	$	490,005	$	396,292
second lien senior secured notes, 9.53% (LIBOR + 7.75%), (0.00% floor) due February 27, 2026(4)(5)(14)(16)		—		16,843,717		13,989,590
Convergint Technologies, LLC
second lien senior secured notes, 7.74% (LIBOR + 6.75%), (0.75% floor) due February 2, 2026(4)(5)(15)	One Commerce Drive Schaumburg, Illinois 60173	—		1,493,073		1,275,000
Imagine! Print Solutions
second lien senior secured notes, 10.36% (LIBOR + 8.75%), (1.00% floor) due June 21, 2023(4)(5)(15)(17)	1000 Valley Park Drive Minneapolis, MN 55379	—		14,466,334		2,250,000
OMNIA Partners, Inc.
second lien senior secured notes, 8.95% (LIBOR + 7.50%), (0.00% floor) due May 22, 2026 (4)(5)(14)(16)	840 Crescent Centre Drive, Suite 600 Franklin, TN 37067	—		13,942,528		11,200,000
Premiere Global Services, Inc.
first lien senior secured notes, 8.24% (LIBOR + 6.50%), (1.00% floor) due June 8, 2023(4)(5)(6)(14)(16)	3280 Peachtree Rd N.E, Suite 1000 Atlanta, GA 30305	—		13,700,738		8,007,798
second lien senior secured notes, 0.50% Cash, 10.85% PIK (LIBOR + 9.00%) (1.00% floor) due June 6, 2024(3)(4)(5)(14)(16)(17)		—		9,817,795		3,683,960
Verifone Systems, Inc.
first lien senior secured notes, 5.69% (LIBOR + 4.00%), (0.00% floor) due August 20, 2025(4)(5)(6)(16)	One Letterman Drive, Building C, Suite 410 San Francisco, CA 94120	—		6,884,274		4,262,731
Total Business Services			$	77,638,464	$	44,315,371	26.9	%

22

COMPANY/INVESTMENT(1)(20)	ADDRESS OF PORTFOLIO COMPANY	PERCENTAGE OF CLASS HELD	COST		FAIR VALUE(2)		% OF NET ASSETS
Senior Secured Notes – (continued)
Diversified Insurance
AmeriLife Group LLC
second lien senior secured notes, 9.50% (LIBOR + 8.50%), (1.00% floor) due March 18, 2028(4)(5)(6)(25)	2650 McCormick Drive Clearwater, FL 33759	—	$	7,350,507	$	6,375,000
Total Diversified Insurance			$	7,350,507	$	6,375,000	3.9	%
Education
Edmentum, Inc. (f/k/a Plato, Inc.)
first lien senior secured notes, 5.14% (LIBOR + 4.50%), (1.00% floor) Cash, 4.00% PIK due June 9, 2021(3)(4)(5)(6)(16)	5600 W 83rd St Bloomington, MN 55437	—	$	6,093,032	$	5,136,584
Total Education			$	6,093,032	$	5,136,584	3.1	%
Financial Intermediaries
Shift4 Payments, LLC (f/k/a Lighthouse Network, LLC)
second lien senior secured notes, 10.28% (LIBOR + 8.50%), (1.00% floor) due November 30, 2025(4)(5)(14)(16)	2202 North Irving Street Allentown, PA 18109	—		16,359,535		12,367,500
Total Financial Intermediaries			$	16,359,535	$	12,367,500	7.5	%
Healthcare
Keystone Acquisition Corp.
first lien senior secured notes, 6.70% (LIBOR + 5.25%), (1.00% floor) due May 1, 2024(4)(5)(6)(14)(16)	777 East Park Drive Harrisburg, PA 17111	—	$	7,413,337	$	5,988,231
second lien senior secured notes, 10.70% (LIBOR + 9.25%), (1.00% floor) due May 1, 2025(4)(5)(14)(16)		—		12,875,981		9,750,000
Viant Medical Holdings Inc.
first lien senior secured notes, 5.20% (LIBOR + 3.75%), (0.00% floor) due July 2, 2025(4)(5)(6)(14)(16)	245 Park Avenue, Suite 1601 New York, NY 10167	—		9,849,014		8,480,850
second lien senior secured notes, 9.20% (LIBOR + 7.75%), (0.00% floor) due July 2, 2026(4)(5)(14)(16)		—		4,957,083		3,437,500
Healthport Technologies, LLC
first lien senior secured notes, 5.70% (LIBOR + 4.25%), (1.00% floor) due December 1, 2021(4)(5)(6)(14)(16)	925 North Point Parkway, Suite 350 Alpharetta, GA 30005	—		15,117,235		12,796,581
HealthChannels, Inc. (f/k/a ScribeAmerica, LLC)
first lien senior secured notes, 5.11% (LIBOR + 4.50%), (0.00% floor) due April 3, 2025(4)(5)(6)(14)(15)	1200 East Las Olas Blvd, Suite 201, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301	—		9,778,867		8,558,025
Total Healthcare			$	59,991,517	$	49,011,187	29.8	%

23

COMPANY/INVESTMENT(1)(20)	ADDRESS OF PORTFOLIO COMPANY	PERCENTAGE OF CLASS HELD	COST		FAIR VALUE(2)		% OF NET ASSETS
Senior Secured Notes – (continued)
Logistics
Capstone Logistics Acquisition, Inc.
first lien senior secured notes, 5.57% (LIBOR + 4.50%), (1.00% floor) due October 7, 2021(4)(5)(6)(14)(25)	6525 The Corners Pkwy, Suite 520 Norcross, GA 30092	—	$	12,904,165	$	10,979,506
Total Logistics			$	12,904,165	$	10,979,506	6.7	%
Software
ECI Software Solutions, Inc.
first lien senior secured notes, 5.70% (LIBOR + 4.25%), (1.00% floor) due September 27, 2024(4)(5)(6)(14)(16)	5455 Rings Road, Suite 400 Dublin, OH, 43017	—	$	2,908,668	$	2,527,013
second lien senior secured notes, 9.45% (LIBOR + 8.00%), (1.00% floor) due September 29, 2025(4)(5)(14)(16)		—		14,918,149		12,000,000
Quest Software
first lien senior secured notes, 6.03% (LIBOR + 4.25%), (0.00% floor) due May 16, 2025(4)(5)(6)(14)(16)	One Letterman Drive, Building C, Suite 410 San Francisco, CA 94120	—		5,901,062		5,347,313
second lien senior secured notes, 10.03% (LIBOR + 8.25%), (0.00% floor) due May 18, 2026(4)(5)(14)(16)		—		14,871,046		11,025,000
Total Software			$	38,598,925	$	30,899,326	18.8	%
Telecommunications Services
Global Tel Link Corp
second lien senior secured notes, 9.70% (LIBOR + 8.25%), (0.00% floor) due November 29, 2026(4)(5)(14)(16)	12021 Sunset Hills Road Suite 100 Reston, VA 20190	—	$	16,728,636	$	13,600,000
Total Telecommunication Services			$	16,728,636	$	13,600,000	8.3	%
Utilities
CLEAResults Consulting, Inc.
first lien senior secured notes, 4.49% (LIBOR + 3.50%), (0.00% floor) due August 8, 2025(4)(5)(6)(14)(15)	CRCI Longhorn Holdings, Inc. 100 SW Main, Suite 1500 Portland, OR 97204	—	$	4,905,244	$	3,964,625
second lien senior secured notes, 8.05% (LIBOR + 7.25%), (0.00% floor) due August 10, 2026(4)(5)(14)(15)		—		7,672,262		6,196,500
Total Utilities			$	12,577,506	$	10,161,125	6.2	%
Total Senior Secured Notes			$	253,654,275	$	187,574,746	113.9	%
Collateralized Loan Obligation – Debt Investments
Structured Finance
Galaxy XXVIII CLO, Ltd.
CLO secured class F notes, 10.31% (LIBOR + 8.48%), due July 15, 2031(4)(5)(11)(12)(16)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Queensgate House Grand Cayman, KY1-1102, Cayman Islands	—	$	934,875	$	471,500
Total Structured Finance			$	934,875	$	471,500	0.3	%
Total Collateralized Loan Obligation – Debt Investments			$	934,875	$	471,500	0.3	%

24

COMPANY/INVESTMENT(1)(20)	ADDRESS OF PORTFOLIO COMPANY	PERCENTAGE OF CLASS HELD	COST		FAIR VALUE(2)		% OF NET ASSETS
Collateralized Loan Obligation – EquityInvestments
Structured Finance
AMMC CLO XI, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 14.05% due April 30, 2031(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Queensgate House Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	13.5%	$	3,786,976	$	1,800,000
AMMC CLO XII, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 11.89% due November 10, 2030(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Queensgate House Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	32.3%		7,223,507		3,230,357
Atlas Senior Loan Fund XI, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 18.58% due July 26, 2031(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o Estera Trust (Cayman) Limited, Clifton House, 75 Fort Street, P.O. Box 1350, Grand Cayman KY1-1108, Cayman Islands	11.2%		4,279,553		1,717,500
Babson CLO Ltd. 2015-I
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 8.49% due January 20, 2031(9)(11)(12)(18)	c/o Intertrust SPV (Cayman) Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue George Town Grand Cayman, KY1-9005 Cayman Islands	5.9%		1,723,276		568,000
BlueMountain CLO 2014-2 Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 22.46% due October 20, 2030(9)(11)(12)(18)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Queensgate House Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	9.5%		2,625,764		1,274,800
Carlyle Global Market Strategies CLO 2013-2, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 13.00% due January 18, 2029(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o Intertrust SPV (Cayman) Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue George Town Grand Cayman, KY1-9005 Cayman Islands	12.5%		3,870,305		2,062,500
Cedar Funding II CLO, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 7.76% due June 09, 2030(9)(11)(12)(18)	c/o Estera Trust (Cayman) Limited, Clifton House, 75 Fort Street, P.O. Box 1350, Grand Cayman KY1-1108, Cayman Islands	51.8%		12,622,203		4,680,000
Cedar Funding VI CLO, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 10.48% due October 20, 2028(9)(11)(12)(18)	c/o Appleby Trust (Cayman) Ltd. Clifton House 75 Fort Street PO Box 1350 Grand Cayman KY1-1108 Cayman Islands	20.3%		7,288,772		2,772,000

25

COMPANY/INVESTMENT(1)(20)	ADDRESS OF PORTFOLIO COMPANY	PERCENTAGE OF CLASS HELD	COST		FAIR VALUE(2)		% OF NET ASSETS
Collateralized Loan Obligation – EquityInvestments – (continued)
Structured Finance – (continued)
CIFC Funding 2014-3, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 12.56% due October 22, 2031(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Queensgate House Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	12.8%	$	6,093,432	$	2,700,000
Galaxy XXVIII CLO, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 14.29% due July 15, 2031(9)(11)(12)(18)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Queensgate House Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	4.0%		959,051		362,770
Hull Street CLO Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 0.00% due October 18, 2026(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Queensgate House Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	11.1%		1,049,476		500
Ivy Hill Middle Market Credit Fund VII, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 7.78% due October 20, 2029(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Queensgate House Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	16.8%		8,648,103		4,140,993
Madison Park Funding XIX, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 8.82% due January 22, 2028(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o Appleby Trust (Cayman) Ltd. Clifton House 75 Fort Street PO Box 1350 Grand Cayman KY1-1108 Cayman Islands	11.9%		4,867,058		2,711,250
Nassau 2019-1 Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 24.61% due April 15, 2031(9)(11)(12)(14)(18)(26)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Boundary Hall Cricket Square Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	54.3%		19,188,330		12,220,000
Octagon Investment Partners 38, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 15.15% due July 20, 2030(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Boundary Hall Cricket Square Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	7.3%		4,132,859		2,250,000
Regatta XV Funding, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 0.00% due October 25, 2026(9)(10)(11)(12)(18)	c/o Appleby Trust (Cayman) Ltd. Clifton House 75 Fort Street PO Box 1350 Grand Cayman KY1-1108 Cayman Islands	—		—		66,000

26

COMPANY/INVESTMENT(1)(20)	ADDRESS OF PORTFOLIO COMPANY	PERCENTAGE OF CLASS HELD	COST		FAIR VALUE(2)		% OF NET ASSETS
Collateralized Loan Obligation – EquityInvestments – (continued)
Structured Finance – (continued)
Sound Point CLO XVI, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 3.53% due July 25, 2030(9)(11)(12)(14)(18)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Boundary Hall Cricket Square Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	58.3%	$	40,538,840	$	14,560,000
Telos CLO 2013-3, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 0.00% due July 17, 2026(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o Appleby Trust (Cayman) Ltd. Clifton House 75 Fort Street PO Box 1350 Grand Cayman KY1-1108 Cayman Islands	30.4%		6,237,524		144,478
Telos CLO 2013-4, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 12.09% due January 17, 2030(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o Appleby Trust (Cayman) Ltd. Clifton House 75 Fort Street PO Box 1350 Grand Cayman KY1-1108 Cayman Islands	28.4%		7,229,894		2,270,000
Telos CLO 2014-5, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 13.18% due April 17, 2028(9)(11)(12)(18)	c/o Appleby Trust (Cayman) Ltd. Clifton House 75 Fort Street PO Box 1350 Grand Cayman KY1-1108 Cayman Islands	80.1%		18,179,226		3,705,000
Venture XIV, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 0.00% due August 28, 2029(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Boundary Hall Cricket Square Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	4.2%		1,401,576		350,000
Venture XVII, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 12.43% due April 15, 2027(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Boundary Hall Cricket Square Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	8.6%		3,726,182		1,364,000
Venture XX, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 0.00% due April 15, 2027(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Boundary Hall Cricket Square Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	5.9%		1,216,869		660,000
Vibrant CLO V, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 5.79% due January 20, 2029(9)(11)(12)(18)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Boundary Hall Cricket Square Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	30.3%		11,114,096		2,964,500

27

COMPANY/INVESTMENT(1)(20)	ADDRESS OF PORTFOLIO COMPANY	PERCENTAGE OF CLASS HELD	COST		FAIR VALUE(2)		% OF NET ASSETS
Collateralized Loan Obligation – EquityInvestments – (continued)
Structured Finance – (continued)
West CLO 2014-1, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 0.00% due July 18, 2026(9)(11)(12)(18)(26)	c/o Appleby Trust (Cayman) Ltd. Clifton House 75 Fort Street PO Box 1350 Grand Cayman KY1-1108 Cayman Islands	18.3%	$	5,278,335	$	1,202,500
Windriver 2012-1 CLO, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 4.40% due January 15, 2026(9)(11)(12)(18)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Boundary Hall Cricket Square Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	14.1%		3,610,766		300,000
Zais CLO 6, Ltd.
CLO subordinated notes, estimated yield 7.84% due July 15, 2029(9)(11)(12)(18)	c/o MaplesFS Limited P.O. Box 1093 Boundary Hall Cricket Square Grand Cayman, KY1-1102 Cayman Islands	20.2%		7,381,533		2,100,001
CLO Equity Side Letter Related Investments(11)(12)(13)		—		1,378,224		1,158,155
Total Structured Finance			$	195,651,730	$	73,335,304	44.5	%
Total Collateralized Loan Obligation – Equity Investments			$	195,651,730	$	73,335,304	44.5	%
Common Stock
IT Consulting
Unitek Global Services, Inc.
common equity(7)(27)	177 Sentry Parkway West Gywnedd Hall, Suite 302 Blue Bell, PA 19422	8.7%	$	684.960	$	—
Total IT Consulting			$	684,960	$	—	0.0	%
Total Common Stock			$	684,960	$	—	0.0	%
Preferred Stock
IT Consulting
Unitek Global Services, Inc.
Series B Preferred Stock(3)(7)(17)(21)(24)(27)	177 Sentry Parkway West Gywnedd Hall, Suite 302 Blue Bell, PA 19422	10.0%	$	9,002,159	$	—
Series B Senior Preferred Stock(3)(7)(17)(22)(24)(27)		10.0%		4,535,443		—
Series B Super Senior Preferred Stock(3)(7)(17)(23)(24)(27)		8.2%		2,614,260		384,296
Total IT Consulting			$	16,151,862	$	384,296	0.2	%
Total Preferred Stock			$	16,151,862	$	384,296	0.2	%
Total Investments in Securities(8)			$	467,077,702	$	261,765,846	158.9	%
Cash Equivalents
First American Government Obligations Fund(19)		—	$	7,825,820	$	7,825,820
Total Cash Equivalents			$	7,825,820	$	7,825,820	4.8	%
Total Investments in Securities and Cash Equivalents			$	474,903,522	$	269,591,666	163.7	%

28

____________

(1)      The Company generally acquires its investments in private transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Unless otherwise noted, all of the Company’s investments are deemed to be “restricted securities” under the Securities Act.

(2)      Fair value is determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(3)      Portfolio includes $16,640,582 of principal and 19,151,641shares of preferred stock investments which contain a PIK provision as of March 31, 2020.

(4)      Notes bear interest at variable rates and are subject to an interest rate floor where disclosed. The rate disclosed is as of March 31, 2020.

(5)      Cost value reflects accretion of original issue discount or market discount, or amortization of premium.

(6)      Cost value reflects repayment of principal.

(7)      Non-income producing at the relevant period end.

(8)      Aggregate gross unrealized appreciation for federal income tax purposes is $66,000; aggregate gross unrealized depreciation for federal income tax purposes is $223,327,128. Net unrealized depreciation is $223,261,128 based upon a tax cost basis of $485,026,974.

(9)      Cost reflects accretion of effective yield less any cash distributions received or entitled to be received from CLO equity investments.

(10)    This investment represents our percent ownership in certain equity securities transferred to OXSQ upon the redemption of this investment on October 25, 2018.

(11)    Indicates assets that the Company believes do not represent “qualifying assets” under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act. Qualifying assets must represent at least 70% of the Company’s total assets at the time of acquisition of any additional non-qualifying assets. As of March 31, 2020, the Company held qualifying assets that represented 73.0% of its total assets.

(12)    Investment not domiciled in the United States.

(13)    Fair value represents discounted cash flows associated with fees earned from CLO equity investments.

(14)    Aggregate investments represent greater than 5% of net assets.

(15)    The principal balance outstanding for this debt investment, in whole or in part, is indexed to 30-day LIBOR.

(16)    The principal balance outstanding for this debt investment, in whole or in part, is indexed to 90-day LIBOR.

(17)    As of March 31, 2020, this investment was on non-accrual status. The aggregate fair value of these investments was approximately $5.6 million.

(18)    The CLO subordinated notes and income notes are considered equity positions in CLO vehicles. Equity investments are entitled to recurring distributions which are generally equal to the remaining cash flow of the payments made by the underlying fund’s securities less contractual payments to debt holders and fund expenses. The estimated yield indicated is based on the prior quarters ending investment cost (for previously existing portfolio investments) or the original cost for those investments made during the current quarter, as well as, a current projection of the future cash flows. Such projections are periodically reviewed and adjusted, and the estimated yield may not ultimately be realized.

(19)    Represents cash equivalents held in money market accounts as of March 31, 2020.

(20)    The fair value of the investment was determined using significant unobservable inputs. See “Note 4. Fair Value.”

(21)    The Company holds preferred stock in UniTek Global Services, Inc. that is entitled to receive cumulative preferential dividends at a rate of 13.5% per annum payable in additional shares.

(22)    The Company holds preferred stock in UniTek Global Services, Inc. that is entitled to receive cumulative preferential dividends at a rate of 19.0% per annum payable in additional shares.

(23)    The Company holds preferred stock in UniTek Global Services, Inc. that is entitled to receive cumulative preferential dividends at a rate of 20.0% per annum payable in additional shares.

(24)    Effective June 26, 2019, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement with UniTek Global Services, Inc. (the “Exchange Agreement”), to receive 2,371,211 shares of Series B Super Senior Preferred Stock, 4,352,199 shares of Series B Senior Preferred Stock and 10,323,434 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, “Preferred Stock”) in exchange for all Series A shares of each respective Preferred Stock tranche that was held by OXSQ.

(25)    The principal balance outstanding for this debt investment, in whole or in part, is indexed to 180-day LIBOR.

(26)    The investment is co-invested with the Company’s affiliates. See “Note 7. Related Party Transactions.”

(27)    These investments are deemed to be an “affiliate,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). In general, under the 1940 Act, we would be presumed to “control” a portfolio company if we owned more than 25% of its voting securities and would be an “affiliate” of a portfolio company if we owned between 5% and 25% of its voting securities. We do not “control” any of our portfolio companies.

29

Set forth below is a brief description of each portfolio company representing greater than 5% of the total assets as of March31, 2020.

Quest Software, Inc. is an infrastructure software provider. They have five main product/service offerings: Platform Management, Information Management, Identity Management, Data Protection, and Endpoint Management.

Keystone Acquisition Corp. is a Quality Improvement Organization that is involved in healthcare management, quality assurance, and cost containment services for providers of physical and behavioral health services.

Sound Point CLO XVI, Ltd. is a collateralized loan obligation investing primarily in U.S.-based senior secured loans.

ECI Software Solutions, Inc. is a global end-to-end provider of enterprise resource planning software to small- and medium-sized businesses primarily across four end-market verticals (i.e., manufacturing, distribution, field services, and building & construction).

Access CIG, LLC is a records and documents storage firm. The firm primarily offers physical storage, management services and destruction of physical paper documents along with a growing digital records offering.

30

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

We determine the net asset value per share of our common stock quarterly, or more frequently if required under the 1940 Act. The net asset value per share is equal to the value of our total assets minus liabilities and any preferred stock outstanding divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding. As of the date of this prospectus, we do not have any preferred stock outstanding.

Value, as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of 1940 Act, is (i) the market price for those securities for which a market quotation is readily available and (ii) for all other securities and assets, fair value is as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors, based on, among other things, the input of the Adviser, the Valuation Committee and third-party valuation firms (each, a “Third-Party Valuation Firm”) engaged at the direction of the Board of Directors.

There is no single standard for determining fair value in good faith. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments we make. We are required to specifically value each individual investment on a quarterly basis. Our investments are valued in accordance with written valuation procedures, which are approved by our Board of Directors and are in compliance with Section 2(a)(41) of the 1940 Act.

Our Board of Directors is ultimately and solely responsible for determining, in good faith, the fair value of our portfolio investments on a quarterly basis. In connection with that determination, members of Oxford Square Management’s portfolio management team prepare portfolio company valuations using the most recent portfolio company financial statements, forecasts and other relevant financial information and recommend a valuation to the Valuation Committee with respect to each portfolio company. Since March 2004, we have engaged Third-Party Valuation Firms to provide assistance in valuing our bilateral investments and certain of our syndicated loans, although our Board of Directors ultimately determines the appropriate valuation of each such investment. The frequency of when a Third-Party Valuation Firm will provide such assistance with respect to an investment is dependent upon the credit rating of such investment.

We apply fair value accounting in accordance with the principles underlying ASC 820-10. Our quarterly valuation procedures are set forth in more detail in our written valuation procedures and are summarized below:

(1)    Securities and futures contracts for which the primary market is on an exchange, other than options, are valued at the last closing price on such exchange prior to or on the day of valuation. Options for which the primary market is on an exchange are valued at the last sale price on such exchange on the day of valuation or, if there is no last sale price on such day, at the mean of the bid and asked prices on such day or the last bid price on such day in the absence of an asked price.

(2)    Public securities or equity securities of public companies issued in a private placement that are traded in the over-the-counter market, including listed securities and securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, for which the primary market is believed by the Adviser to be over-the-counter, are valued by an independent pricing service or by taking the average of one or more prices provided by principal market makers, primary market dealers or primary dealers (each, a “Pricing Source”).

(3)    Debt securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are generally be valued at cost with interest accrued or discount amortized to the date of maturity or in such other manner consistent with market practice and recognized under generally accepted accounting principles.

(4)    Fee letters are valued based on discounting expected cash flows over their expected life using a spread over a market benchmark as determined by reference to the seniority of the fee in the capital structure.

(5)    Where readily available and a Pricing Source has shown by reputation or performance to be generally accurate, all other securities are initially priced by a Pricing Source. However, for any such security for which reliable market quotations are not readily available and for which the Pricing Source does not provide a valuation or methodology, or provides a valuation or methodology that in the judgment of the Adviser or Board of Directors does not represent fair value, or where in the judgement of the Adviser, the Company is in possession of more accurate or current market information (“Fair Value Securities”), are each be valued as follows: (i) for Bilateral Investment Securities (as defined below)

31

that, when combined with all other investments in the same portfolio company, (a) have a value as of the previous quarter of greater than or equal to 2.5% of the Company’s total assets as of the previous quarter and (b) have a value as of the current quarter of greater than or equal to 2.5% of the Company’s total assets, after taking into account any repayment of principal during the current quarter, by one or more Third-Party Valuation Firms approved by the Board of Directors or (ii) by the Adviser; provided, that (x) the Board of Directors ultimately determines, in good faith, the fair value of the Fair Value Securities after review of the valuations prepared by the Third-Party Valuation Firms and the Adviser, respectively, and (y) the Adviser retains the authority to seek, on behalf of the Company, third-party valuations of any Fair Value Securities, regardless of whether such third-party valuations are required. The term “Bilateral Investment Securities” means debt and equity investments directly negotiated between the Company and a portfolio company, but excludes syndicated loans (i.e., corporate loans arranged by an agent on behalf of a company, portions of which are held by multiple investors in addition to OXSQ).

The recommendation of fair value prepared by the Third-Party Valuation Firms or the Adviser is based on a variety of factors, as applicable in the judgment of the Third-Party Valuation Firms or the Adviser.

Determinations in Connection with Offerings

In connection with any offering of shares of our common stock, our Board of Directors or a committee thereof will be required to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made. Our Board of Directors or a committee thereof will consider the following factors, among others, in making such determination:

•        the net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC;

•        our management’s assessment of whether any material change in the net asset value of our common stock has occurred (including through the realization of gains on the sale of our portfolio securities) during the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock and ending as of a time within 48 hours (excluding Sundays and holidays) of the sale of our common stock; and

•        the magnitude of the difference between (i) a value that our Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof has determined reflects the current (as of a time within 48 hours, excluding Sundays and holidays) net asset value of our common stock, which is based upon the net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC, as adjusted to reflect our management’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value of our common stock since the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock, and (ii) the offering price of the shares of our common stock in the proposed offering.

Moreover, to the extent that there is even a remote possibility that we may (i) issue shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made or (ii) trigger the undertaking (which we provide in certain registration statements we file with the SEC) to suspend the offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus if the net asset value of our common stock fluctuates by certain amounts in certain circumstances until the prospectus is amended, our Board of Directors will elect, in the case of clause (i) above, either to postpone the offering until such time that there is no longer the possibility of the occurrence of such event or to undertake to determine the net asset value of our common stock within two days prior to any such sale to ensure that such sale will not be below our then current net asset value, and, in the case of clause (ii) above, to comply with such undertaking or to undertake to determine the net asset value of our common stock to ensure that such undertaking has not been triggered.

These processes and procedures are part of our compliance policies and procedures. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records that we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act.

32

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

The management of our investment portfolio is the responsibility of Oxford Square Management, and our investment adviser’s investment committee, which currently consists of Jonathan H. Cohen, our Chief Executive Officer, Saul B. Rosenthal, our President and Chief Operating Officer, and Darryl M. Monasebian, the Executive Vice President of Oxford Square Management. Our investment adviser’s Investment Committee must approve each new investment that we make. The members of our investment adviser’s Investment Committee are not employed by us, and receive no compensation from us in connection with their portfolio management activities. Messrs. Cohen and Rosenthal, through their ownership of Oxford Funds, the managing member of Oxford Square Management, are entitled to a portion of any investment advisory fees paid by OXSQ to Oxford Square Management.

Because Oxford Square Management currently provides portfolio management services only to us, we do not believe there are any conflicts of interests with respect to Oxford Square Management’s management of our portfolio on the one hand, and the management of other accounts or investment vehicles by affiliates of Oxford Square Management on the other. However, Mr.Cohen serves as Chief Executive Officer and Mr.Rosenthal serves as President of Oxford Lane Capital Corp., a registered closed-end fund. Oxford Funds is the managing member of Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser for Oxford Lane Capital Corp. In addition, Charles M. Royce, a member of our Board of Directors, is a non-managing member of Oxford Lane Management. Since 2015 and 2018, respectively, Mr.Cohen has also served as the Chief Executive Officer of each of Oxford Bridge Management, LLC, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds, and Oxford Gate Management, LLC, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. The Oxford Bridge Funds and the Oxford Gate Funds are private investment funds. Mr.Rosenthal has also served as President of Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds, since 2015 and 2018, respectively. As a result, certain conflicts of interest may arise with respect to the management of our portfolio by Messrs. Cohen and Rosenthal on the one hand, and the obligations of Messrs. Cohen and Rosenthal to manage Oxford Lane Capital Corp., the Oxford Bridge Funds and the Oxford Gate Funds, respectively, on the other hand.

Set forth below is additional information regarding the additional entities that are managed by Messrs. Cohen and Rosenthal:

Name	Entity	Investment Focus	Gross Assets(1)
Oxford Lane Capital Corp.	Registered closed-end fund	Debt and equity investments in CLO vehicles and other structured corporate debt	$	531.9 million
Oxford Bridge, LLC	Private fund	CLO debt and equity	$	74.4 million
Oxford Bridge II, LLC	Private fund	CLO debt and equity	$	76.7 million
Oxford Gate Master Fund, LLC	Private fund	CLO debt and equity	$	80.2 million

____________

(1)      Represents gross assets as of March 31, 2020.

Investment Personnel

Our investment adviser is led by Jonathan H. Cohen, our Chief Executive Officer, and Saul B. Rosenthal, our President and Chief Operating Officer. We consider Messrs. Cohen and Rosenthal, who are the members of our investment adviser’s Investment Committee, to be our portfolio managers.

The table below shows the dollar range of shares of common stock owned by each of our portfolio managers as of May6, 2020.

Name of Portfolio Manager	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Oxford Square Capital Corp.(1)(2)
Jonathan H. Cohen	Over $1,000,000
Saul B. Rosenthal	Over $1,000,000

____________

(1)      Dollar ranges are as follows: None, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, $100,001 – $500,000; $500,001 – $1,000,000 or Over $1,000,000.

33

(2)      The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned in us is based on the closing price for our common stock of $2.50 on May 6, 2020 on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.

The following information pertains to the members of Oxford Square Management’s investment team who are not executive officers of OXSQ:

Darryl Monasebian.    Mr.Monasebian is the Executive Vice President and head of risk and portfolio management of Oxford Square Management, and also holds those same positions at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Prior to joining Oxford Square Management, Mr.Monasebian was a director in the Merchant Banking Group at BNP Paribas, and prior to that he was a director at Swiss Bank Corporation and a senior account officer at Citibank. He began his business career at Metropolitan Life Insurance Company as an investment analyst in the Corporate Investments Department. Mr.Monasebian has more than 30 years of banking and investment management experience. Mr.Monasebian received a B.S. in Management Science/Operations Research from Case Western Reserve University in 1984 and a Masters of Business Administration from Boston University’s Graduate School of Management in 1986.

Debdeep Maji.    Mr.Maji is the Senior Managing Director of Oxford Square Management, and also holds the same position at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., at Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Mr.Maji graduated from the Jerome Fisher Program in Management and Technology at the University of Pennsylvania where he received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from the Wharton School (and was designated a Joseph Wharton Scholar) and a Bachelor of Applied Science from the School of Engineering.

Kevin P. Yonon.    Mr.Yonon is a Managing Director, Portfolio Manager of Oxford Square Management, and also holds the same position at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., at Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds and Oxford Gate Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Previously, Mr.Yonon was an Associate at Deutsche Bank Securities and prior to that he was an Analyst at Blackstone Mezzanine Partners. Before joining Blackstone, he worked as an Analyst at Merrill Lynch in the Mergers & Acquisitions group. Mr.Yonon received a B.S. in Economics with concentrations in Finance and Accounting from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, where he graduated magna cum laude, and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

Joseph Kupka.    Mr.Kupka is a Principal of Oxford Square Management, and also holds the same position at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds, and Oxford Gate Management, LLC, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Previously, he worked as a risk analyst for First Equity Card Corporation. Mr.Kupka received a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania, where he was the Abel and Bernstein Class of 1945 Scholarship Recipient.

Gannon McCaffery.    Mr.McCaffery is the Head of Business Development of Oxford Funds, LLC, and also holds the same position at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds, and Oxford Gate Management, LLC, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Previously, Mr.McCaffery was a Vice President at Goldman Sachs in the Investment Management Division where he marketed and traded Collateralized Loan Obligations for clients of Private Wealth Management. Before joining Goldman Sachs, he worked as a Vice President at Barclays Capital and Deutsche Bank Securities in various sales roles. He began his career at Lehman Brothers as an Analyst in Collateralized Debt Obligation sales. Mr.McCaffery received a B.A. in Economics from the University of Virginia.

Hooman Banafsheha.    Mr.Banafsheha is a Senior Vice President of Oxford Square Management, and also holds the same position at Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds, and Oxford Gate Management, LLC, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Previously, Mr.Banafsheha was a Vice President in the Finance

34

division of Goldman Sachs. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs, he was a Senior Consultant at Deloitte. Mr.Banafsheha received a B.S. in Business Administration with a concentration in Finance from the State University of New York, University at Albany, where he graduated magna cum laude, and an M.B.A. from the MIT Sloan School of Management. Mr.Banafsheha has also attained the Charted Alternative Investment Analyst (CAIA) designation.

Mark Shohet.    Mr.Shohet is a Senior Associate of Oxford Square Management, and holds that same position with Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., Oxford Bridge Management, LLC, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds, and Oxford Gate Management, LLC, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Previously, Mr.Shohet was a Manager in the Structured Finance Transactions group at Ernst and Young. Mr.Shohet received a B.S. in Finance and Accounting from the Robert H. Smith School of Business at the University of Maryland, where he graduated magna cum laude, and an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School. Mr.Shohet is also a CFA Charterholder.

Jeff Boccuzzi.    Mr.Boccuzzi is a Senior Associate for Oxford Square Management, and holds that same position with Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds, and Oxford Gate Management, LLC, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Previously, Mr.Boccuzzi was a Manager in the Middle Office Operations group at AIG Asset Management. He received a B.S. in Business Management from the University of Connecticut and is a Level III Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) Candidate.

Tyler Vallie.    Mr.Vallie is an Associate for Oxford Square Management, and holds that same position with Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds, and Oxford Gate Management, LLC, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Previously, Mr.Vallie was an Operations Associate on the Operations team at Chilton Investment Company. He received a B.A. in Economics from Marist College.

Brian Aleska.    Mr.Aleksa is an Analyst for Oxford Square Management, and holds that same position with Oxford Lane Management, the investment adviser to Oxford Lane Capital Corp., Oxford Bridge Management, the investment adviser to the Oxford Bridge Funds, and Oxford Gate Management, LLC, the investment adviser to the Oxford Gate Funds. Previously, Mr.Aleksa was a Senior Analyst in the Capital Markets group at CBA Commercial. He received a B.A. in Accounting and Finance from Franklin & Marshall College.

Compensation

None of Oxford Square Management’s investment personnel receive any direct compensation from us in connection with the management of our portfolio. Messrs. Cohen and Rosenthal, through their ownership interest in Oxford Funds, the managing member of Oxford Square Management, are entitled to a portion of any profits earned by Oxford Square Management, which includes any fees payable to Oxford Square Management under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, less expenses incurred by Oxford Square Management in performing its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement. Messrs. Cohen and Rosenthal do not receive any additional compensation from Oxford Square Management in connection with the management of our portfolio. The compensation paid by Oxford Square Management to its other investment personnel includes: (i) annual base salary and (ii) portfolio-based performance award.

35

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

Management Services

Oxford Square Management serves as our investment adviser. Oxford Square Management is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our Board of Directors, Oxford Square Management manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement with Oxford Square Management (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”), Oxford Square Management:

•        determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

•        identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make;

•        closes, monitors and services the investments we make; and

•        determines what securities we will purchase, retain or sell.

Oxford Square Management’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired. Oxford Square Management has agreed that, during the term of its Investment Advisory Agreement with us, it will not serve as investment adviser to any other public or private entity that utilizes a principal investment strategy of providing debt financing to middle-market companies similar to those we target.

Management Fee

We pay Oxford Square Management a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components — a base management fee (the “Base Fee”) and an incentive fee. The cost of both the Base Fee payable to Oxford Square Management and any incentive fees earned by Oxford Square Management are ultimately borne by our common stockholders. We are not currently invested in swaps or other derivatives. To the extent the Company enters into any swaps or derivatives in the future, for purposes of computing the capital gains incentive fee, the Company will become entitled to a capital gains incentive fee only upon the termination or disposition of a swap or derivative, at which point all net gains and losses of the underlying loans constituting the reference assets of the swap or derivative will be realized. For purposes of computing the incentive fee on income, Oxford Square Management would not be entitled to an incentive fee on income with respect to a swap or derivative. Any unrealized appreciation on such swap or derivative would be reflected in total assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and included in the computation of the base management fee.

While the Company’s Investment Advisory Agreement neither includes nor contemplates the inclusion of unrealized gains in the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee, pursuant to an interpretation of the AICPA Technical Practice Aid for investment companies, we accrue capital gains incentive fees on unrealized gains. This accrual reflects the incentive fees that would be payable if the Company’s entire investment portfolio was liquidated at its fair value as of the balance sheet date even though the Company is not entitled to an incentive fee with respect to unrealized gains unless and until such gains are actually realized.

For purposes of the asset coverage ratio test applicable to us as a BDC, we will treat the outstanding notional amount of a swap or derivative, less the total amount of cash collateral posted by the counterparty under such swap or derivative, as a senior security for the life of that instrument. We may, however, accord different treatment to such swap or derivative in the future in accordance with any applicable new rules or interpretations adopted by the staff of the SEC.

Further, for purposes of Section 55(a) under the 1940 Act, we will treat each loan underlying a swap or derivative as a qualifying asset if the obligor on such loan is an eligible portfolio company and as a non-qualifying asset if the obligor is not an eligible portfolio company. A swap or derivative would be disclosed as a portfolio company on our schedule of investments. We may, however, accord different treatment to such swap or derivative in the future in accordance with any applicable new rules or interpretations adopted by the staff of the SEC.

36

Through March 31, 2016, the Base Fee was calculated at an annual rate of 2.00%. Effective April 1, 2016, the Base Fee is currently calculated at an annual rate of 1.50%. The Base Fee is payable quarterly in arrears, and is calculated based on the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and appropriately adjusted for any equity or debt capital raises, repurchases or redemptions during the current calendar quarter (however, no Base Fee will be payable on the cash proceeds received by us in connection with any share or debt issuances until such proceeds have been invested in accordance with our investment objective). Accordingly, the Base Fee will be payable regardless of whether the value of our gross assets has decreased during the quarter. The Base Fee for any partial quarter will be appropriately prorated.

The incentive fee has two parts: the “Net Investment Income Incentive Fee” and the “Capital Gains Incentive Fee”. The Net Investment Income Incentive Fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the amount by which (x) the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding calendar quarter exceeds (y) the “Preferred Return Amount” for the calendar quarter. For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any accrued income that we have not yet received in cash and any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses accrued during the calendar quarter (including the Base Fee, expenses payable under a separate agreement with Oxford Funds (the “Administration Agreement”) and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Oxford Square Management will not be under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued income that we never receive as a result of a default by an entity on the obligation that resulted in the accrual of such income. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” does not include any realized gains, realized losses or unrealized appreciation or depreciation. Given that this portion of the incentive fee is payable without regard to any gain, loss or unrealized depreciation that may occur during the quarter, this portion of Oxford Square Management’s incentive fee may be payable notwithstanding a decline in net asset value that quarter.

From January 1, 2005 through March 31, 2016, the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income,” which was expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, was compared to one-fourth of an annual hurdle rate that was determined as of the immediately preceding December 31 by adding 5.00% to the interest rate then payable on the most recently issued five-year U.S. Treasury Notes, up to a maximum annual hurdle rate of 10.00%. The annual hurdle used to calculate the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 was 6.76%.

Effective April 1, 2016, a “Preferred Return Amount” is calculated on a quarterly basis by multiplying 1.75% by the Company’s net asset value at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The Net Investment Income Incentive Fee is then calculated as follows: (a) no Net Investment Income Incentive Fee is payable to Oxford Square Management in any calendar quarter in which the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” does not exceed the “Preferred Return Amount”; (b) 100% of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the “Preferred Return Amount” but is less than or equal to a “Catch-Up Amount” determined on a quarterly basis by multiplying 2.1875% by OXSQ’s net asset value at the end of such calendar quarter; and (c) for any quarter in which the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” exceeds the “Catch-Up Amount,” the Net Investment Income Incentive Fee will be 20% of the amount of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for such quarter. There is no accumulation of amounts from quarter to quarter for the “Preferred Return Amount,” and accordingly there is no claw back of amounts previously paid to Oxford Square Management if the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for subsequent quarters is below the quarterly “Preferred Return Amount,” and there is no delay of payment of incentive fees to Oxford Square Management if the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for prior quarters is below the quarterly “Preferred Return Amount” for the quarter for which the calculation is being made.

In addition, effective April 1, 2016, the calculation of the Company’s Net Investment Income Incentive Fee is subject to a total return requirement (the “Total Return Requirement”), which provides that a Net Investment Income Incentive Fee will not be payable to Oxford Square Management except to the extent 20% of the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” (which is the amount, if positive, of the sum of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income,” realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation) during the

37

calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and the eleven (11) preceding quarters (or if shorter, the number of quarters since April 1, 2016) exceeds the cumulative Net Investment Income Incentive Fees accrued and/or paid for such eleven (11) preceding quarters (or if shorter, the number of quarters since April 1, 2016). Under the revised fee structure, under no circumstances will the aggregate fees earned from April 1, 2016 by Oxford Square Management in any quarterly period be higher than the aggregate fees that would have been earned prior to the adoption of these changes.

The capital gains part of the incentive fee is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), and equals 20% of our “Capital Gains Incentive Fee,” which consists of our realized capital gains for each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for that calendar year. For accounting purposes under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the Capital Gains Incentive Fee calculated is based on a hypothetical liquidation of the Company. In such a calculation, in order to reflect the theoretical Capital Gains Incentive Fee that would be payable for a given period as if all unrealized gains were realized, we will accrue a Capital Gains Incentive Fee based upon net realized gains and unrealized depreciation for that calendar year (in accordance with the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement), plus unrealized appreciation on investments held at the end of the period. It should be noted that a fee so calculated and accrued would not necessarily be payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of Capital Gains Incentive Fees in subsequent periods. Amounts paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement will be consistent with the formula reflected in the Investment Advisory Agreement.

Example 1: Net Investment Income Portion of Incentive Fee for Each Calendar Quarter

Alternative 1

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

Quarterly Hurdle rate = 1.75%

Management fee(1) = 0.375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) = 0.2%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 0.675%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no income-related incentive fee.

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Quarterly Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.50%

Quarterly Hurdle rate = 1.75%

Management fee(1) = 0.375%

Quarterly Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) = 0.2%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 1.925%

The Total Return Requirement is met (no Net Investment Income Incentive Fee would be payable if the Total Return Requirement were not met).

The aggregate fees that would have been earned prior to the adoption of the April 1, 2016 changes, as described above, exceed the current aggregate fees.

38

Incentive fee = 100%* Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the hurdle rate but less than 2.1875% and 20% of any Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income thereafter.

= 100%* (1.925% – 1.75%)

= 100%* 0.175%

= 0.175%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.1875%. Therefore the income-related incentive fee is 0.175%.

Alternative 3

Assumptions

Quarterly Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 4.00%

Quarterly Hurdle rate = 1.75%

Management fee(1) = 0.375%

Quarterly Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) = 0.2%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 3.425%

The Total Return Requirement is met (no Net Investment Income Incentive Fee would be payable if the Total Return Requirement were not met).

The aggregate fees that would have been earned prior to the adoption of the April 1, 2016 changes, as described above, exceed the current aggregate fees.

Incentive fee = 100% * Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the hurdle rate but less than 2.1875% and 20% of any Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income thereafter.

= 100%* (2.1875% – 1.75%) + 20%* (3.425% – 2.1875%)

= 100%* 0.4375% + 20%* 1.2375%

= 0.4375% + 0.2475%

= 0.685%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the hurdle rate and 2.1875%. Therefore the income-related incentive fee is 0.685%.

____________

(1)      Represents 1.50% annualized management fee.

Example 2: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee(*)

Capital Gains Incentive Fee = 20% × Capital Gains Incentive Fee (i.e., our realized capital gains for each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for that calendar year)

Assumptions:

•        Year 1 = no realized capital gains or losses

•        Year 2 = 9% realized capital gains, 0% realized capital losses, 1% unrealized depreciation and 0% unrealized appreciation

•        Year 3 = 12% realized capital gains, 0% realized capital losses, 2% unrealized depreciation and 2% unrealized appreciation

39

Year 1 incentive fee	•   Total Capital Gains Incentive Fee = 0
	•   No Capital Gains Incentive Fee paid to Oxford Square Management in Year 1
Year 2 incentive fee	•   Total Capital Gains Incentive Fee = 8%
	(9% realized capital gains less 1% unrealized depreciation)
	•   Total Capital Gains Incentive Fee paid to Oxford Square Management in Year 2
	= 20% × 8%
	= 1.6%
Year 3 incentive fee	•    Total Capital Gains Incentive Fee = 10%
	(12% realized capital gains less 2% unrealized depreciation; unrealized appreciation has no effect)
	•   Total Capital Gains Incentive Fee paid to Oxford Square Management in Year 3
	= 20% × 10%
	= 2%

____________

(*)      The hypothetical amount of returns shown are based on a percentage of our total net assets and assumes no leverage. There is no guarantee that positive returns will be realized and actual returns may vary from those shown in this example.

Payment of our Expenses

Our primary operating expenses are the payment of the Base Fee and any incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Oxford Funds in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. Our investment management fee compensates Oxford Square Management for its work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, executing and servicing our investments. We bear all other expenses of our operations and transactions, including (without limitation) fees and expenses relating to:

•        expenses of offering our debt and equity securities;

•        the investigation and monitoring of our investments, including expenses and travel fees incurred in connection with investment due diligence and on-site visits;

•        the cost of calculating our net asset value (“NAV”);

•        the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of shares of our common stock and other securities;

•        management and incentive fees payable pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement;

•        fees payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments and valuing investments (including third-party valuation firms);

•        transfer agent, trustee and custodial fees;

•        interest payments and other costs related to our borrowings;

•        fees and expenses associated with our website, public relations and marketing efforts (including attendance at industry and investor conferences and similar events);

•        federal and state registration fees;

•        any exchange listing fees;

•        federal, state and local taxes;

•        independent directors’ fees and expenses, including travel expenses, and other costs of Board of Directors’ meetings and other costs associated with the performance of independent directors’ responsibilities;

40

•        brokerage commissions;

•        costs of preparing and mailing proxy statements, stockholders’ reports and notices, including annual proxy solicitations and shareholder meetings;

•        costs of preparing government filings, including periodic and current reports with the SEC;

•        fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

•        costs associated with the functions performed by our Chief Compliance Officer under the terms of an agreement between us and Alaric Compliance Services, LLC; and

•        direct costs such as printing, mailing, long distance telephone, staff, rent, independent audits and outside legal costs and all other expenses incurred by either Oxford Funds or us in connection with administering our business, including payments under the Administration Agreement that will be based upon our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Oxford Funds in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including a portion of the rent and the compensation and related expenses of our Chief Financial Officer, our accounting support staff and other administrative support personnel. Related expenses include but are not limited to employee benefit costs, payroll taxes and travel and training expenses.

All of these expenses are ultimately borne by our common stockholders.

All personnel of our investment adviser when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services, and the compensation and related expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by Oxford Funds, the investment adviser’s managing member.

Duration and Termination

Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect if approved annually by our Board of Directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other. Refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks relating to our business and structure — We are dependent upon Oxford Square Management’s key management personnel for our future success, particularly Jonathan H. Cohen and Saul B. Rosenthal” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings.

Indemnification

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their respective duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of their respective duties and obligations, Oxford Square Management and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it, including without limitation Oxford Funds, are entitled to indemnification from OXSQ for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Oxford Square Management’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of OXSQ.

Organization of the Investment Adviser

Oxford Square Management is a Delaware limited liability company that is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Oxford Funds, a Delaware limited liability company, is Oxford Square Management’s managing member and provides it with all personnel necessary to manage our day-to-day operations and provide the services under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The principal address of Oxford Square Management and of Oxford Funds is 8 Sound Shore Drive, Suite 255, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

41

Oxford Funds is the managing member of Oxford Square Management. Charles M. Royce, a member of our Board of Directors, has a minority, non-controlling interest in Oxford Square Management.

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

A discussion regarding the basis for our board of director’s approval of our Investment Advisory Agreement was included in our proxy statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2019.

42

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to a separate Administration Agreement, Oxford Funds furnishes us with office facilities, together with equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, Oxford Funds also performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which includes being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, Oxford Funds assists us in determining and publishing our net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally overseeing the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Payments under the Administration Agreement are based upon our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Oxford Funds in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including a portion of the rent and the compensation of our Chief Financial Officer, our accounting support staff and other administrative support personnel. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party.

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their respective duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of their respective duties and obligations, Oxford Funds and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from OXSQ for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Oxford Funds’ services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for OXSQ.

43

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in shares of our common stock. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, we have not described tax consequences that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, a trader in securities that elects to use a market-to-market method of accounting for its securities holdings, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our shares of common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the IRS regarding this offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

A “U.S. stockholder” generally is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock who is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        A citizen or individual resident of the U.S.;

•        A corporation or other entity treated as a corporation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•        A trust if a court within the U.S. is asked to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantive decisions of the trust; or

•        An estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

A “Non-U.S. stockholder” generally is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock who is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        A nonresident alien individual;

•        A foreign corporation; or

•        An estate or trust that in either case is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis on income or gain from a note.

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective stockholder that is a partner of a partnership holding shares of our common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisers with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisers regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

Election to be Taxed as a RIC

As a business development company, we have elected to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, beginning with our 2003 taxable year. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To continue to qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our ordinary income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over our realized net long-term capital losses, or “Annual Distribution Requirement.”

44

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

If we qualify as a RIC and satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our income we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no corporate-level U.S. federal income tax, or “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.” We generally will endeavor in each taxable year to make sufficient distributions to our stockholders to avoid any U.S. federal excise tax on our earnings.

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

•        continue to qualify as a business development company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

•        derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to loans of certain securities, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, net income from certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities, or “90% Income Test;” and

•        diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

•        at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

•        no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or “Diversification Tests.”

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as PIK interest and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. In addition, we may be required to accrue for U.S. federal income tax purposes amounts attributable to our investment in CLOs that may differ from the distributions received in respect of such investments. Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds, to sell assets and to make taxable distributions of our stock and debt securities in order to satisfy distribution requirements. Our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC and become subject to tax as an ordinary corporation.

45

Under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. If we are prohibited to make distributions, we may fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC and become subject to tax as an ordinary corporation.

We have purchased and may in the future purchase residual or subordinated interests in CLOs that are treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as shares in a PFIC. We may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our allocable share of a portion of any “excess distribution” received on, or any gain from the disposition of, such shares even if our allocable share of such income is distributed as a taxable dividend to the PFIC’s stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest generally will be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from any such excess distribution or gain. If we elect to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed by the QEF. Alternatively, we may elect mark-to-market treatment for a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income our allocable share of any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss our allocable share of any decrease in such value to the extent that any such decrease does not exceed prior increases included in our income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of distributions from PFICs and proceeds from dispositions of PFIC shares during that year, and we must distribute such income to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.

If we hold more than 10% of the shares in a foreign corporation that is treated as a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) (including equity tranche investments in a CLO treated as CFC), we may be treated as receiving a deemed distribution (taxable as ordinary income) each year from such foreign corporation in an amount equal to our pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the tax year (including both ordinary earnings and capital gains), whether or not the corporation makes an actual distribution during such year. This deemed distribution is required to be included in the income of a U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) of a CFC regardless of whether the shareholder has made a QEF election with respect to such CFC. In general, a foreign corporation will be classified as a CFC if more than 50% of the shares of the corporation, measured by reference to combined voting power or value, is owned (directly, indirectly or by attribution) by U.S. Shareholders. A “U.S. Shareholder,” for this purpose, is any U.S. person that possesses (actually or constructively) 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of a corporation. If we are treated as receiving a deemed distribution from a CFC, we will be required to include such distribution in our investment company taxable income regardless of whether we receive any actual distributions from such CFC, and we must distribute such income to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we qualify as a RIC and have satisfied the Annual Distribution Requirement.

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to stockholders taxed at individual rates are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions (“Qualifying Dividends”) may be eligible for a current maximum tax rate of 20%. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the current 20% maximum rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends. Distributions of our net capital gains (which are generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) and properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains that are currently taxable at a maximum rate of 20% in the case of stockholders taxed at individual rates, regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder.

46

We may retain some or all of our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses, but designate the retained net capital gain as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. If the amount of tax that a U.S. stockholder is treated as having paid exceeds the amount of tax owed on the capital gain distribution, such excess generally may be refunded or claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s cost basis for his, her or its common stock. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though economically it may represent a return of his, her or its investment.

A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our common stock. The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition.

In general, U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates currently are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% on their net capital gain (i.e., the excess of realized net long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital losses), including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by such U.S. stockholders. In addition, individuals with modified adjusted gross incomes in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses). Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 21% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate U.S. stockholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year. Any net capital losses of a non-corporate U.S. stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate U.S. stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

We or the applicable withholding agent will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the current 20% maximum rate). Dividends paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received

47

deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends because our income generally will not consist of dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation.

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”) from all distributions to any U.S. stockholder (other than a corporation, a financial institution, or a stockholder that otherwise qualifies for an exemption) (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is provided to the IRS.

U.S. stockholders that hold their common stock through foreign accounts or intermediaries will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts are not satisfied.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisers before investing in our common stock.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. stockholders (including interest income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized long-term capital losses, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. stockholders directly) will be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless an applicable exception applies. If the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder, we will not be required to withhold federal tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. (Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisers.)

We or the applicable withholding agent generally are not required to withhold any amounts with respect to certain distributions of (i) U.S. source interest income, and (ii) net short term capital gains in excess of net long term capital losses, in each case to the extent we properly report such distributions as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends” and certain other requirements are satisfied. We anticipate that a portion of our distributions will be eligible for this exemption from withholding; however, we cannot determine what portion of our distributions (if any) will be eligible for this exception until after the end of our taxable year. No certainty can be provided that any of our distributions will be reported as eligible for this exception.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, will not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder.

The tax consequences to Non-U.S. stockholders entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty or that are individuals that are present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during a taxable year may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. stockholders are urged to consult their tax advisers with respect to the procedure for claiming the benefit of a lower treaty rate and the applicability of foreign taxes.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains

48

realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder.

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of federal tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

Legislation commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” or “FATCA,” generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”) unless such FFIs either (i) enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners) or (ii) reside in a jurisdiction that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the United States to collect and share such information and are in compliance with the terms of such IGA and any enabling legislation or regulations. The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not FFIs unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. Depending on the status of a Non-U.S. Holder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their shares, Non-U.S. Holders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.

Failure to Qualify as a Regulated Investment Company

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and certain cure provisions are not met, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates, regardless of whether we make any distributions to our stockholders. Distributions would not be required, and any distributions made to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income that, subject to certain limitations, may be eligible for the current 20% maximum rate to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. To requalify as a RIC in a subsequent taxable year, we would be required to satisfy the RIC qualification requirements for that year and dispose of any earnings and profits from any year in which we failed to qualify as a RIC. Subject to a limited exception applicable to RICs that qualified as such under the code for at least one year prior to disqualification and that requalify as a RIC no later than the second year following the nonqualifying year, we would be subject to tax on any unrealized net built-in gains in the assets held by us during the period in which we failed to qualify as a RIC that are recognized within the subsequent 5 years, unless we made a special election to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on such built-in gains at the time of our requalification as a RIC.

49

DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan, through which all distributions are paid to stockholders in the form of additional shares of our common stock, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash as provided below. In this way, a stockholder can maintain an undiluted investment in us and still allow us to pay out the required distributable income.

No action is required on the part of a registered stockholder to receive a distribution in shares of our common stock. A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the plan administrator and our transfer agent and registrar, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than 10 days prior to the record date for distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has not elected to receive distributions in cash and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a participant, received in writing not less than 10 days prior to the record date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to the participant’s account, issue a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share.

Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

We expect to use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. Under such circumstances, the number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by an amount equal to ninety-five (95%) percent of the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on the valuation date for such distribution. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their electronically reported bid and asked prices. We reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan. Shares purchased in open market transactions by the plan administrator will be allocated to a stockholder based on the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares of common stock purchased in the open market. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the distribution cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated.

There is no charge to stockholders for receiving their distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock. The plan administrator’s fees for handling distributions in stock are paid by us. There are no brokerage charges with respect to shares we have issued directly as a result of distributions payable in stock. If a participant elects by written or telephonic notice to the plan administrator to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $2.50 transaction fee plus brokerage commissions from the proceeds.

Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of stock are subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. The amount of the distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be equal to the fair market value of the stock received. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a distribution from us will be equal to the amount treated as a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any distribution by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021 or by phone at 1-800-426-5523.

50

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

This prospectus contains a summary of the common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights, warrants and debt securities. These summaries are not meant to be a complete description of each security. However, this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement will contain the material terms and conditions for each security.

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following description is based in part on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and on our charter and bylaws. While this summary describes the material provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law applicable to holders of our capital stock, as well as the material provisions of our charter and bylaws, it is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000shares of stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which is initially designated as common stock. We have listed our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “OXSQ.” There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

The following are our outstanding classes of our capital stock as of May6, 2020:

(1)Title of Class	(2)Amount Authorized	(3)Amount Held by Us or for our Account	(4)Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Amounts Shown Under (3)
Common Stock	100,000,000	—	49,589,607

Under our charter, our Board of Directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock without obtaining stockholder approval. As permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that the Board of Directors, without any action by our stockholders, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.

Common Stock

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, distributions and voting privileges and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our Board of Directors and declared by us out of assets legally available therefor. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will be unable to elect any director.

51

Preferred Stock

Our charter authorizes our Board of Directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock, including preferred stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, our Board of Directors is required by Maryland law and by our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series.

Thus, our Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our gross assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by full two years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions. However, we do not currently have any plans to issue preferred stock.

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

Our charter authorizes us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in such capacity and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of us in any of the capacities described above and any of our employees or agents or any employees or agents of our predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act

52

or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

Our insurance policy does not currently provide coverage for claims, liabilities and expenses that may arise out of activities that our present or former directors or officers have performed for another entity at our request. There is no assurance that such entities will in fact carry such insurance. However, we note that we do not expect to request our present or former directors or officers to serve another entity as a director, officer, partner or trustee unless we can obtain insurance providing coverage for such persons for any claims, liabilities or expenses that may arise out of their activities while serving in such capacities.

Certain Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquiror to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board of Directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

Classified Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. The current terms of the first, second and third classes expire in 2022, 2020, and 2021, respectively, and in each case, those directors will serve until their successors are elected and qualify. Upon expiration of their current terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify and each year one class of directors will be elected by the stockholders. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified Board of Directors will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

Election of Directors

Our bylaws currently provide that in an uncontested election, a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a director. In a contested election, a plurality of all votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a director. Pursuant to our charter, our Board of Directors may amend our bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

Number of Directors; Vacancies; Removal

Our charter provides that the number of directors will be set only by our Board of Directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire Board of Directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, the number of directors may never be less than one nor more than twelve. Except as may be provided by our Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on our Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.

53

Under Maryland law, a director on a classified board may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors.

If an incumbent director in an uncontested election does not receive a majority of votes cast and no successor director is elected at the meeting, the incumbent director will promptly tender his or her resignation to our Board of Directors, which, together with our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, will decide (without participation by such incumbent director) whether to accept the tendered resignation. The Board of Directors would have to publicly disclose its decision, including the rationale behind the decision, regarding the tendered resignation. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in making its recommendation, and the Board of Directors in making its decision, may each consider any factors or other information that it considers appropriate and relevant. If such incumbent director’s resignation is not accepted by the Board of Directors, such director will continue to serve until the next annual meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected, or his or her earlier resignation or removal. If a director’s resignation is accepted by the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion and subject to applicable limits under the 1940 Act and Maryland law, fill the resulting vacancy or reduce the size of the Board of Directors. In determining whether to fill a resulting vacancy or reduce the size of the Board of Directors, our directors may consider a variety of factors, including the requirements under the 1940 Act, Maryland law and NASDAQ regulations, and the availability of candidates to fill the vacancy who have the qualifications that the Board of Directors has deemed to be necessary to serve as a director.

Action by Stockholders

The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. These provisions, combined with the requirements of our bylaws regarding the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting of stockholders discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of our Board of Directors or (3) by any stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice and at the time of the annual meeting, is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of our bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of our Board of Directors or (3) provided that our Board of Directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by any stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice and at the time of the annual meeting, is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our Board of Directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our Board of Directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our Board of Directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, certain provisions of our bylaws may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

54

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of Board of Directors, the president or by a majority of the directors then in office. Additionally, our bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by the secretary of the corporation upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Action; Amendment of Charter and Bylaws

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, a Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Under our charter, provided that at least 75% of our directors then in office have approved and declared the action advisable and submitted such action to the stockholders, our dissolution, an amendment to our charter that requires stockholder approval, a merger, or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a similar transaction outside the ordinary course of business, must be approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. If an extraordinary matter submitted to stockholders by our Board of Directors is approved and advised by less than 75% of our directors, such matter will require approval by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Our charter and bylaws provide that our Board of Directors will have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our bylaws.

No Appraisal Rights

Except with respect to appraisal rights arising in connection with the Control Share Act discussed below, as permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that stockholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless a majority of our Board of Directors shall determine such rights apply.

Control Share Acquisitions

The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, or the “Control Share Act.” Shares owned by the acquirer, by officers or by directors who are employees of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

•        one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

•        one-third or more but less than a majority; or

•        a majority or more of all voting power.

The requisite stockholder approval must be obtained each time an acquirer crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the Board of Directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

55

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including, compliance with the 1940 Act. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The Control Share Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Act any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future. However, we will amend our bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Act only if the Board of Directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. The SEC has issued informal guidance setting forth its position that certain provisions of the Control Share Act would, if implemented, violate Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act.

Business Combinations

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, or the “Business Combination Act.” These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

•        any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

•        an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder under this statute if our Board of Directors approved in advance the transaction by which the stockholder otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, our Board of Directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

•        80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

•        two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

56

The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by our Board of Directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Our Board of Directors has adopted a resolution that any business combination between us and any other person is exempted from the provisions of the Business Combination Act, provided that the business combination is first approved by our Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. This resolution may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time; however, our Board of Directors will adopt resolutions so as to make us subject to the provisions of the Business Combination Act only if our Board of Directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Business Combination Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. If this resolution is repealed, or our Board of Directors does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Conflict with 1940 Act

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, including the Control Share Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act, or any provision of our charter or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

57

DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK

In addition to shares of common stock, our charter authorizes the issuance of preferred stock. If we offer preferred stock under this prospectus, we will issue an appropriate prospectus supplement. We may issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more classes or series, without stockholder approval. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, our Board of Directors is required by Maryland law and by our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Any such an issuance must adhere to the requirements of the 1940 Act, Maryland law and any other limitations imposed by law.

The 1940 Act currently requires, among other things, that (a) immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to common stock, the liquidation preference of the preferred stock, together with all other senior securities, must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets (taking into account such distribution), (b) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on the preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more and (c) such class of stock have complete priority over any other class of stock as to distribution of assets and payment of dividends, which dividends shall be cumulative.

For any series of preferred stock that we may issue, our board of directors will determine and the articles supplementary and the prospectus supplement relating to such series will describe:

•        the designation and number of shares of such series;

•        the rate and time at which, and the preferences and conditions under which, any dividends will be paid on shares of such series, as well as whether such dividends are participating or non-participating;

•        any provisions relating to convertibility or exchangeability of the shares of such series, including adjustments to the conversion price of such series;

•        the rights and preferences, if any, of holders of shares of such series upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs;

•        the voting powers, if any, of the holders of shares of such series;

•        any provisions relating to the redemption of the shares of such series;

•        any limitations on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions on, or acquire or redeem, other securities while shares of such series are outstanding;

•        any conditions or restrictions on our ability to issue additional shares of such series or other securities;

•        if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

•        any other relative powers, preferences and participating, optional or special rights of shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

All shares of preferred stock that we may issue will be identical and of equal rank except as to the particular terms thereof that may be fixed by our board of directors, and all shares of each series of preferred stock will be identical and of equal rank except as to the dates from which dividends, if any, thereon will be cumulative.

58

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

General

We may issue subscription rights to our stockholders to purchase common stock. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the subscription rights. In connection with a subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a prospectus supplement to our stockholders on the record date that we set for receiving subscription rights in such subscription rights offering. In accordance with the 1940 Act, any transferable subscription rights offering will entitle our record date stockholders at the time of such offering one right for each share of common stock held, entitling the rights holder to purchase one new share of common stock for a minimum of every three rights held.

The applicable prospectus supplement would describe the following terms of subscription rights in respect of which this prospectus is being delivered:

•        the period of time the offering would remain open (which shall be open a minimum number of days such that all record holders would be eligible to participate in the offering and shall not be open longer than 120 days);

•        the title of such subscription rights;

•        the exercise price for such subscription rights (or method of calculation thereof);

•        the ratio of the offering (which, in the case of transferable rights, will require a minimum of three shares to be held of record before a person is entitled to purchase an additional share);

•        the number of such subscription rights issued to each stockholder;

•        the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable and the market on which they may be traded if they are transferable;

•        if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such subscription rights;

•        the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights shall commence, and the date on which such right shall expire (subject to any extension);

•        the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities and the terms of such over-subscription privilege;

•        any termination right we may have in connection with such subscription rights offering; and

•        any other terms of such subscription rights, including exercise, settlement and other procedures and limitations relating to the transfer and exercise of such subscription rights.

Exercise Of Subscription Rights

Each subscription right would entitle the holder of the subscription right to purchase for cash such amount of shares of common stock at such exercise price as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Subscription rights may be exercised at any time up to the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights would become void.

Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus

59

supplement we will forward, as soon as practicable, the shares of common stock purchasable upon such exercise. To the extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than stockholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Dilutive Effects

Any stockholder who chooses not to participate in a rights offering should expect to own a smaller interest in us upon completion of such rights offering. Any rights offering will dilute the ownership interest and voting power of stockholders who do not fully exercise their subscription rights. Further, because the net proceeds per share from any rights offering may be lower than our then current net asset value per share, the rights offering may reduce our net asset value per share. The amount of dilution that a stockholder will experience could be substantial, particularly to the extent we engage in multiple rights offerings within a limited time period. In addition, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected while a rights offering is ongoing as a result of the possibility that a significant number of additional shares may be issued upon completion of such rights offering. All of our stockholders will also indirectly bear the expenses associated with any rights offering we may conduct, regardless of whether they elect to exercise any rights.

60

DESCRIPTION OF OUR WARRANTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the warrants we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any warrants we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such warrants.

We may issue warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. Such warrants may be issued independently or together with shares of common stock and may be attached or separate from such shares of common stock. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders or beneficial owners of warrants.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any series of warrants we may issue, including the following:

•        the title of such warrants;

•        the aggregate number of such warrants;

•        the price or prices at which such warrants will be issued;

•        the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such warrants may be payable;

•        the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants;

•        the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the shares of common stock purchasable upon exercise of such warrants may be purchased;

•        the date on which the right to exercise such warrants shall commence and the date on which such right will expire;

•        whether such warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer form;

•        if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of such warrants which may be exercised at any one time;

•        if applicable, the number of such warrants issued with each share of common stock;

•        if applicable, the date on and after which such warrants and the related shares of common stock will be separately transferable;

•        information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

•        if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

•        any other terms of such warrants, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such warrants.

We and the warrant agent may amend or supplement the warrant agreement for a series of warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants issued thereunder to effect changes that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrants and that do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the warrants.

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (1) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years; (2) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance; (3) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders; and (4) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities.

61

DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES

We may issue debt securities in one or more series. The specific terms of each series of debt securities will be described in the particular prospectus supplement relating to that series. The prospectus supplement may or may not modify the general terms found in this prospectus and will be filed with the SEC. For a complete description of the terms of a particular series of debt securities, you should read both this prospectus and the prospectus supplement relating to that particular series.

As required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a document called an “indenture.” An indenture is a contract between us and the financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf, and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “— Events of Default — Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us with respect to our debt securities.

This section includes a description of the material provisions of the indenture. Because this section is a summary, however, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities and the indenture. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of debt securities. A copy of the form of indenture is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We will file a supplemental indenture with the SEC in connection with any debt offering, at which time the supplemental indenture would be publicly available. In connection with any debt offering, all of the material terms of the indenture and the supplemental indenture, as well as an explanation of your rights as a holder of debt securities, will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such debt offering, which will include this prospectus together with the prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for information on how to obtain a copy of the indenture.

The prospectus supplement, which will accompany this prospectus, will describe the particular series of debt securities being offered by including:

•        the designation or title of the series of debt securities;

•        the total principal amount of the series of debt securities;

•        the percentage of the principal amount at which the series of debt securities will be offered;

•        the date or dates on which principal will be payable;

•        the rate or rates (which may be either fixed or variable) and/or the method of determining such rate or rates of interest, if any;

•        the date or dates from which any interest will accrue, or the method of determining such date or dates, and the date or dates on which any interest will be payable;

•        whether any interest may be paid by issuing additional securities of the same series in lieu of cash (and the terms upon which any such interest may be paid by issuing additional securities);

•        the terms for redemption, extension or early repayment, if any;

•        the currencies in which the series of debt securities are issued and payable;

•        whether the amount of payments of principal, premium or interest, if any, on a series of debt securities will be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which could be based on one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices) and how these amounts will be determined;

•        the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, of payment, transfer, conversion and/or exchange of the debt securities;

•        the denominations in which the offered debt securities will be issued (if other than $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof);

62

•        the provision for any sinking fund;

•        any restrictive covenants;

•        any Events of Default (as defined in “Events of Default” below);

•        whether the series of debt securities are issuable in certificated form;

•        any provisions for defeasance or covenant defeasance;

•        any special U.S. federal income tax implications, including, if applicable, U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to original issue discount;

•        whether and under what circumstances we will pay additional amounts in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether we will have the option to redeem the debt securities rather than pay the additional amounts (and the terms of this option);

•        any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt securities into or for any other securities;

•        whether the debt securities are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;

•        whether the debt securities are secured and the terms of any security interest;

•        the listing, if any, on a securities exchange; and

•        any other terms.

The debt securities may be secured or unsecured obligations. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately available funds.

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 150% immediately after each such issuance after giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, See the section titled “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we raise additional capital, which may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings.

General

The indenture provides that any debt securities proposed to be sold under this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement (“offered debt securities”) and any debt securities issuable upon the exercise of warrants or upon conversion or exchange of other offered securities (“underlying debt securities”) may be issued under the indenture in one or more series.

For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on, debt securities will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the debt securities.

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that may be issued thereunder from time to time. Debt securities issued under the indenture, when a single trustee is acting for all debt securities issued under the indenture, are called the “indenture securities.” The indenture also provides that there may be more than one trustee thereunder, each with respect to one or more different series of indenture securities. See “— Resignation of Trustee” below. At a time when two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, each with respect to only certain series, the term “indenture securities” means the one or more series of debt securities with respect to which each respective trustee is acting. In the event that there is more than one trustee under the indenture, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee described in this prospectus will extend only to the one or more series of indenture securities for which it is trustee. If two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, then the indenture securities for which each trustee is acting would be treated as if issued under separate indentures.

63

Except as described under “— Events of Default” and “— Merger or Consolidation” below, the indenture does not contain any provisions that give you protection in the event we issue a large amount of debt or we are acquired by another entity.

We refer you to the prospectus supplement for information with respect to any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or our covenants that are described below, including any addition of a covenant or other provision providing event risk protection or similar protection.

We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms different from those of indenture securities previously issued and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen a previous issue of a series of indenture securities and issue additional indenture securities of that series unless the reopening was restricted when that series was created.

Conversion and Exchange

If any debt securities are convertible into or exchangeable for other securities, the prospectus supplement will explain the terms and conditions of the conversion or exchange, including the conversion price or exchange ratio (or the calculation method), the conversion or exchange period (or how the period will be determined), if conversion or exchange will be mandatory or at the option of the holder or us, provisions for adjusting the conversion price or the exchange ratio and provisions affecting conversion or exchange in the event of the redemption of the underlying debt securities. These terms may also include provisions under which the number or amount of other securities to be received by the holders of the debt securities upon conversion or exchange would be calculated according to the market price of the other securities as of a time stated in the prospectus supplement.

Issuance of Securities in Registered Form

We may issue the debt securities in registered form, in which case we may issue them either in book-entry form only or in “certificated” form. Debt securities issued in book-entry form will be represented by global securities. We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book-entry only form represented by global securities.

Book-Entry Holders

We will issue registered debt securities in book-entry form only, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement. This means debt securities will be represented by one or more global securities registered in the name of a depositary that will hold them on behalf of financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system. These participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial interests in the debt securities held by the depositary or its nominee. These institutions may hold these interests on behalf of themselves or customers.

Under the indenture, only the person in whose name a debt security is registered is recognized as the holder of that debt security. Consequently, for debt securities issued in book-entry form, we will recognize only the depositary as the holder of the debt securities and we will make all payments on the debt securities to the depositary. The depositary will then pass along the payments it receives to its participants, which in turn will pass the payments along to their customers who are the beneficial owners. The depositary and its participants do so under agreements they have made with one another or with their customers; they are not obligated to do so under the terms of the debt securities.

As a result, investors will not own debt securities directly. Instead, they will own beneficial interests in a global security, through a bank, broker or other financial institution that participates in the depositary’s book-entry system or holds an interest through a participant. As long as the debt securities are represented by one or more global securities, investors will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

Street Name Holders

In the future, we may issue debt securities in certificated form or terminate a global security. In these cases, investors may choose to hold their debt securities in their own names or in “street name.” Debt securities held in street name are registered in the name of a bank, broker or other financial institution chosen by the investor, and the investor would hold a beneficial interest in those debt securities through the account he or she maintains at that institution.

64

For debt securities held in street name, we will recognize only the intermediary banks, brokers and other financial institutions in whose names the debt securities are registered as the holders of those debt securities, and we will make all payments on those debt securities to them. These institutions will pass along the payments they receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or because they are legally required to do so. Investors who hold debt securities in street name will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

Legal Holders

Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the applicable trustee and those of any third parties employed by us or the applicable trustee, run only to the legal holders of the debt securities. We do not have obligations to investors who hold beneficial interests in global securities, in street name or by any other indirect means. This will be the case whether an investor chooses to be an indirect holder of a debt security or has no choice because we are issuing the debt securities only in book-entry form.

For example, once we make a payment or give a notice to the holder, we have no further responsibility for the payment or notice even if that holder is required, under agreements with depositary participants or customers or by law, to pass it along to the indirect holders but does not do so. Similarly, if we want to obtain the approval of the holders for any purpose (for example, to amend an indenture or to relieve us of the consequences of a default or of our obligation to comply with a particular provision of an indenture), we would seek the approval only from the holders, and not the indirect holders, of the debt securities. Whether and how the holders contact the indirect holders is up to the holders.

When we refer to you in this Description of Our Debt Securities, we mean those who invest in the debt securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect holders of those debt securities. When we refer to your debt securities, we mean the debt securities in which you hold a direct or indirect interest.

Special Considerations for Indirect Holders

If you hold debt securities through a bank, broker or other financial institution, either in book-entry form or in street name, we urge you to check with that institution to find out:

•        how it handles securities payments and notices;

•        whether it imposes fees or charges;

•        how it would handle a request for the holders’ consent, if ever required;

•        whether and how you can instruct it to send you debt securities registered in your own name so you can be a holder, if that is permitted in the future for a particular series of debt securities;

•        how it would exercise rights under the debt securities if there were a default or other event triggering the need for holders to act to protect their interests; and

•        if the debt securities are in book-entry form, how the depositary’s rules and procedures will affect these matters.

Global Securities

As noted above, we usually will issue debt securities as registered securities in book-entry form only. A global security represents one or any other number of individual debt securities. Generally, all debt securities represented by the same global securities will have the same terms.

Each debt security issued in book-entry form will be represented by a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of a financial institution or its nominee that we select. The financial institution that we select for this purpose is called the depositary. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, known as DTC, will be the depositary for all debt securities issued in book-entry form.

65

A global security may not be transferred to or registered in the name of anyone other than the depositary or its nominee, unless special termination situations arise. We describe those situations below under “— Termination of a Global Security.”

As a result of these arrangements, the depositary, or its nominee, will be the sole registered owner and holder of all debt securities represented by a global security, and investors will be permitted to own only beneficial interests in a global security. Beneficial interests must be held by means of an account with a broker, bank or other financial institution that in turn has an account with the depositary or with another institution that has an account with the depositary. Thus, an investor whose security is represented by a global security will not be a holder of the debt security, but only an indirect holder of a beneficial interest in the global security.

Special Considerations for Global Securities

As an indirect holder, an investor’s rights relating to a global security will be governed by the account rules of the investor’s financial institution and of the depositary, as well as general laws relating to securities transfers. The depositary that holds the global security will be considered the holder of the debt securities represented by the global security.

If debt securities are issued only in the form of a global security, an investor should be aware of the following:

•        an investor cannot cause the debt securities to be registered in his or her name and cannot obtain certificates for his or her interest in the debt securities, except in the special situations we describe below;

•        an investor will be an indirect holder and must look to his or her own bank or broker for payments on the debt securities and protection of his or her legal rights relating to the debt securities, as we describe under “— Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above;

•        an investor may not be able to sell interests in the debt securities to some insurance companies and other institutions that are required by law to own their securities in non-book-entry form;

•        an investor may not be able to pledge his or her interest in a global security in circumstances where certificates representing the debt securities must be delivered to the lender or other beneficiary of the pledge in order for the pledge to be effective;

•        the depositary’s policies, which may change from time to time, will govern payments, transfers, exchanges and other matters relating to an investor’s interest in a global security. We and the trustee have no responsibility for any aspect of the depositary’s actions or for its records of ownership interests in a global security. We and the trustee also do not supervise the depositary in any way;

•        if we redeem less than all the debt securities of a particular series being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount to be redeemed from each of its participants holding that series;

•        an investor is required to give notice of exercise of any option to elect repayment of its debt securities, through its participant, to the applicable trustee and to deliver the related debt securities by causing its participant to transfer its interest in those debt securities, on DTC’s records, to the applicable trustee;

•        DTC requires that those who purchase and sell interests in a global security deposited in its book-entry system use immediately available funds; your broker or bank may also require you to use immediately available funds when purchasing or selling interests in a global security; and

•        financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system, and through which an investor holds its interest in a global security, may also have their own policies affecting payments, notices and other matters relating to the debt securities; there may be more than one financial intermediary in the chain of ownership for an investor; we do not monitor and are not responsible for the actions of any of those intermediaries.

66

Termination of a Global Security

If a global security is terminated for any reason, interests in it will be exchanged for certificates in non-book-entry form (certificated securities). After that exchange, the choice of whether to hold the certificated debt securities directly or in street name will be up to the investor. Investors must consult their own banks or brokers to find out how to have their interests in a global security transferred on termination to their own names, so that they will be holders. We have described the rights of legal holders and street name investors under “— Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above.

The prospectus supplement may list situations for terminating a global security that would apply only to the particular series of debt securities covered by the prospectus supplement. If a global security is terminated, only the depositary, and not we or the applicable trustee, is responsible for deciding the investors in whose names the debt securities represented by the global security will be registered and, therefore, who will be the holders of those debt securities.

Payment and Paying Agents

We will pay interest to the person listed in the applicable trustee’s records as the owner of the debt security at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on the interest due date. That day, usually about two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling debt securities must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt securities to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest.”

Payments on Global Securities

We will make payments on a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants, as described under “— Special Considerations for Global Securities.”

Payments on Certificated Securities

We will make payments on a certificated debt security as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date to the holder of debt securities as shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date at our office in New York, New York and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement. We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the applicable trustee in New York, New York and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement or in a notice to holders against surrender of the debt security.

Alternatively, at our option, we may pay any cash interest that becomes due on the debt security by mailing a check to the holder at his, her or its address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date or by transfer to an account at a bank in the United States, in either case, on the due date.

Payment When Offices Are Closed

If any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made on the original due date, except as otherwise indicated in the attached prospectus supplement. Such payment will not result in a default under any debt security or the indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on their debt securities.

67

Events of Default

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the debt securities of your series and is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the debt securities of your series means any of the following:

•        we do not pay the principal of, or any premium on, a debt security of the series on its due date;

•        we do not pay interest on a debt security of the series within 30 days of its due date;

•        we do not deposit any sinking fund payment in respect of debt securities of the series within 2 business days of its due date;

•        we remain in breach of a covenant in respect of debt securities of the series for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach (the notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the series);

•        we file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days;

•        the series of debt securities has an asset coverage, as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, of less than 100 per centum on the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to the Company by the SEC; or

•        any other Event of Default in respect of debt securities of the series described in the prospectus supplement occurs.

An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default, except in the payment of principal, premium, interest, or sinking or purchase fund installment, if it in good faith considers the withholding of notice to be in the interest of the holders.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the affected series may (and the trustee shall at the request of such holders) declare the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. A declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the affected series if (1) we have deposited with the trustee all amounts due and owing with respect to the securities (other than principal that has become due solely by reason of such acceleration) and certain other amounts, and (2) any other Events of Default have been cured or waived.

The trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses and liability (called an “indemnity”). If reasonable indemnity is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

Before you are allowed to bypass your trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities, the following must occur:

•        you must give the trustee written notice that an Event of Default with respect to the relevant series of debt securities has occurred and remains uncured;

•        the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all outstanding debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer reasonable indemnity, security or both to the trustee against the costs, expenses and other liabilities of taking that action;

68

•        the trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity and/or security; and

•        the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60-day period.

However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your debt securities on or after the due date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

Each year, we will furnish to each trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the debt securities, or else specifying any default.

Waiver of Default

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the affected series may waive any past defaults other than a default

•        in the payment of principal, any premium or interest; or

•        in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

Merger or Consolidation

Under the terms of the indenture, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We are also permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

•        where we merge out of existence or convey or transfer our assets substantially as an entirety, the resulting entity or transferee must agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under the debt securities;

•        the merger or sale of assets must not cause a default on the debt securities and we must not already be in default (unless the merger or sale would cure the default). For purposes of this no-default test, a default would include an Event of Default that has occurred and has not been cured, as described under “Events of Default” above. A default for this purpose would also include any event that would be an Event of Default if the requirements for giving us a notice of default or our default having to exist for a specific period of time were disregarded;

•        we must deliver certain certificates and documents to the trustee; and

•        we must satisfy any other requirements specified in the prospectus supplement relating to a particular series of debt securities.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the debt securities issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Your Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to your debt securities without your specific approval. The following is a list of those types of changes:

•        change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on a debt security or the terms of any sinking fund with respect to any security;

69

•        reduce any amounts due on a debt security;

•        reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of an original issue discount or indexed security following a default or upon the redemption thereof or the amount thereof provable in a bankruptcy proceeding;

•        adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;

•        change the place or currency of payment on a debt security (except as otherwise described in the prospectus or prospectus supplement);

•        impair your right to sue for payment;

•        adversely affect any right to convert or exchange a debt security in accordance with its terms;

•        modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner that is adverse to outstanding holders of the debt securities;

•        reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;

•        reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults;

•        modify any other aspect of the provisions of the indenture dealing with supplemental indentures with the consent of holders, waiver of past defaults, changes to the quorum or voting requirements or the waiver of certain covenants; and

•        change any obligation we have to pay additional amounts.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications, evidencing succession of another person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company in the indenture and applicable to the debt securities, establishment of the form or terms of new securities of any series as permitted by the indenture and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the outstanding debt securities in any material respect. We also do not need any approval to make any change that affects only debt securities to be issued under the indenture after the change takes effect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the debt securities would require the following approval:

•        if the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of that series; and

•        if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

In each case, the required approval must be given by written consent.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of a series of debt securities issued under the indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants applicable to that series of debt securities. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “— Changes Requiring Your Approval.”

70

Further Details Concerning Voting

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to a debt security:

•        for original issue discount securities, we will use the principal amount that would be due and payable on the voting date if the maturity of these debt securities were accelerated to that date because of a default;

•        for debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for example, because it is based on an index), we will use the principal face amount at original issuance or a special rule for that debt security described in the prospectus supplement; and

•        for debt securities denominated in one or more foreign currencies, we will use the U.S. dollar equivalent.

Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption or if we, any other obligor, or any affiliate of us or any obligor own such debt securities. Debt securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “— Defeasance — Full Defeasance.”

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding indenture securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indenture. However, the record date may not be more than 30 days before the date of the first solicitation of holders to vote on or take such action. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of one or more series, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding indenture securities of those series on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the debt securities or request a waiver.

Defeasance

The following provisions will be applicable to each series of debt securities unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement that the provisions of covenant defeasance and full defeasance will not be applicable to that series.

Covenant Defeasance

Under current U.S. federal tax law and the indenture, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the particular series was issued. This is called “covenant defeasance.” In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your debt securities. If we achieved covenant defeasance and your debt securities were subordinated as described under “— Indenture Provisions — Subordination” below, such subordination would not prevent the trustee under the indenture from applying the funds available to it from the deposit described in the first bullet below to the payment of amounts due in respect of such debt securities for the benefit of the subordinated debt holders. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, we must do the following:

•        we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of a series of debt securities a combination of cash (in such currency in which such securities are then specified as payable at stated maturity) or government obligations applicable to such securities (determined on the basis of the currency in which such securities are then specified as payable at stated maturity) that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates and any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments;

•        we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit;

71

•        we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with;

•        defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or result in a default under, of the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments;

•        no default or event of default with respect to such debt securities shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or events of default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days; and

•        satisfy the conditions for covenant defeasance contained in any supplemental indentures.

If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. For example, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the debt securities became immediately due and payable, there might be such a shortfall. However, there is no assurance that we would have sufficient funds to make payment of the shortfall.

Full Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law or we obtain an IRS ruling, as described in the second bullet below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the debt securities of a particular series (called “full defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

•        we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of a series of debt securities a combination of cash (in such currency in which such securities are then specified as payable at stated maturity) or government obligations applicable to such securities (determined on the basis of the currency in which such securities are then specified as payable at stated maturity) that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates and any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments;

•        we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from the debt securities would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your debt securities and you would recognize gain or loss on the debt securities at the time of the deposit;

•        we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with;

•        defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, of the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments;

•        no default or event of default with respect to such debt securities shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or events of default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days; and

•        satisfy the conditions for full defeasance contained in any supplemental indentures.

If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent. If your debt securities were subordinated as described later under “— Indenture Provisions — Subordination,” such subordination would not prevent the trustee under the indenture from applying the funds available to it from the deposit referred to in the first bullet of the preceding paragraph to the payment of amounts due in respect of such debt securities for the benefit of the subordinated debt holders.

72

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered Securities

If registered debt securities cease to be issued in book-entry form, they will be issued:

•        only in fully registered certificated form;

•        without interest coupons; and

•        unless we indicate otherwise in the prospectus supplement, in denominations of $1,000 and amounts that are multiples of $1,000.

Holders may exchange their certificated securities for debt securities of smaller denominations or combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed and as long as the denomination is greater than the minimum denomination for such securities.

Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities at the office of the trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act as our agent for registering debt securities in the names of holders transferring debt securities. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

If we have designated additional transfer agents for your debt security, they will be named in the prospectus supplement. We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

If any certificated securities of a particular series are redeemable and we redeem less than all the debt securities of that series, we may block the transfer or exchange of those debt securities during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated securities selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt security that will be partially redeemed.

If a registered debt security is issued in book-entry form, only the depositary will be entitled to transfer and exchange the debt security as described in this subsection, since it will be the sole holder of the debt security.

Resignation of Trustee

Each trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of indenture securities provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to these series and has accepted such appointment. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Indenture Provisions — Subordination

Upon any distribution of our assets upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities is to be subordinated to the extent provided in the indenture in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (as defined below), but our obligation to you to make payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such subordinated debt securities will not otherwise be affected. In addition, no payment on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking fund or interest, if any, may be made on such subordinated debt securities at any time unless full payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal (and premium, if any), sinking fund and interest on Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

73

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by us at any time is received by the holders of any subordinated debt securities or by the trustee in respect of any of such subordinated debt securities, upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, the payment or distribution must be paid over to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness or on their behalf for application to the payment of all the Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness upon this distribution by us, the holders of such subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to the extent of payments made to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness out of the distributive share of such subordinated debt securities.

By reason of this subordination, in the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, certain of our senior creditors may recover more, ratably, than holders of any subordinated debt securities or the holders of any indenture securities that are not Senior Indebtedness. The indenture provides that these subordination provisions will not apply to money and securities held in trust under the defeasance provisions of the indenture.

Senior Indebtedness is defined in the indenture as the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on:

•        our indebtedness (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by us), whenever created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, that we have designated as “Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of the indenture and in accordance with the terms of the indenture (including any indenture securities designated as Senior Indebtedness), and

•        renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any of this indebtedness.

If this prospectus is being delivered in connection with the offering of a series of indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities, the accompanying prospectus supplement will set forth the approximate amount of our Senior Indebtedness and of our other Indebtedness outstanding as of a recent date.

Secured Indebtedness and Ranking

Certain of our indebtedness, including certain series of indenture securities, may be secured. The prospectus supplement for each series of indenture securities will describe the terms of any security interest for such series and will indicate the approximate amount of our secured indebtedness as of a recent date. Any unsecured indenture securities will effectively rank junior to any secured indebtedness, including any secured indenture securities, that we incur in the future to the extent of the value of the assets securing such future secured indebtedness. The debt securities, whether secured or unsecured, of the Company will rank structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness (including trade payables) incurred by our subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities.

In the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up, any of our assets that secure secured debt will be available to pay obligations on unsecured debt securities only after all indebtedness under such secured debt has been repaid in full from such assets. We advise you that there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all unsecured debt securities then outstanding after fulfillment of this obligation. As a result, the holders of unsecured indenture securities may recover less, ratably, than holders of any of our secured indebtedness.

The Trustee under the Indenture

U.S. Bank National Association will serve as the trustee under the indenture.

Certain Considerations Relating to Foreign Currencies

Debt securities denominated or payable in foreign currencies may entail significant risks. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved and will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

74

Book-Entry Procedures

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, the debt securities will be issued in book-entry form, and the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, will act as securities depository for the debt securities. The debt securities will be issued as fully registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully-registered certificate will be issued for the debt securities, in the aggregate principal amount of such issue, and will be deposited with DTC.

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over 3.5million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments from over 100 countries that DTC’s participants, or Direct Participants, deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among Direct Participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, or DTCC.

DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly, or Indirect Participants. DTC has Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services’ highest rating: AA+. The DTC Rules applicable to its participants are on file with the SEC. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com and www.dtc.org.

Purchases of debt securities under the DTC system must be made by or through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the debt securities on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each security, or the “Beneficial Owner,” is in turn to be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records. Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. Beneficial Owners are, however, expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct or Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the debt securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in debt securities, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the debt securities is discontinued.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all debt securities deposited by Direct Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co. or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of debt securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of the debt securities; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the Direct Participants to whose accounts such debt securities are credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The Direct and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC. If less than all of the debt securities within an issue are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct Participant in such issue to be redeemed.

75

Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor any other DTC nominee) will consent or vote with respect to the debt securities unless authorized by a Direct Participant in accordance with DTC’s Procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an Omnibus Proxy to us as soon as possible after the record date. The Omnibus Proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those Direct Participants to whose accounts the debt securities are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached to the Omnibus Proxy).

Redemption proceeds, distributions, and interest payments on the debt securities will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us or the trustee on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such Participant and not of DTC nor its nominee, the trustee, or us, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds, distributions, and interest payments to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is the responsibility of us or the trustee, but disbursement of such payments to Direct Participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the Beneficial Owners will be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect Participants.

DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the debt securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to us or to the trustee. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, certificates are required to be printed and delivered. We may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry-only transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, certificates will be printed and delivered to DTC.

The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

76

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may offer, from time to time, in more than one offering or series, up to $600,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock, or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, in one or more underwritten public offerings, at-the-market offerings to or through a market maker or into an existing trading market for the securities, on an exchange or otherwise, negotiated transactions, block trades, best efforts or a combination of these methods. The holders of our common stock will indirectly bear any fees and expenses in connection with any such offerings. We may sell securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, through agents or through a combination of any such methods of sale. In the case of a rights offering, the applicable prospectus supplement will set forth the number of shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of each right and the other terms of such rights offering. Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of securities will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. A prospectus supplement or supplements will also describe the terms of the offering of securities, including: the purchase price of securities and the proceeds we will receive from the sale; any over-allotment options under which underwriters may purchase additional securities from us; any agency fees or underwriting discounts and other items constituting agents’ or underwriters’ compensation; the public offering price; any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers; and any securities exchange or market on which the securities may be listed. Only underwriters or agents named in the prospectus supplement will be underwriters or agents of the securities offered by the prospectus supplement.

The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, provided, however, that the offering price per share of our common stock, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time of the offering except (a) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (b) with the consent of the majority of our common stockholders or (c) under such other circumstances as the SEC may permit. Any offering of securities by us that requires the consent of the majority of our common stockholders, must occur, if at all, within one year after receiving such consent. The price at which the securities may be distributed may represent a discount from prevailing market prices.

In connection with the sale of the securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of the securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell the securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. The maximum aggregate compensation to be received by any member of FINRA or independent broker-dealer, including any reimbursements to underwriters or agents for certain fees and legal expenses incurred by them, will not be greater than 8% of the gross proceeds of the sale of the securities offered pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement.

Any underwriter may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, short-covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which create a short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum price. Syndicate-covering or other short-covering transactions involve purchases of the securities, either through exercise of the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution is completed, to cover short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a dealer when the securities originally sold by the dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or covering transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the activities at any time.

Any underwriters that are qualified market makers on the NASDAQ Global Select Market may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market in accordance

77

with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales of our common stock. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

We may sell the securities directly or through agents we designate from time to time. We will name any agent involved in the offering and sale of the securities and we will describe any commissions we will pay the agent in the prospectus supplement. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, our agent will act on a best-efforts basis for the period of its appointment.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, each class or series of securities will be a new issue with no trading market, other than our common stock, the 6.50% Unsecured Notes and the 6.25% Unsecured Notes, all of which are traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market. We may elect to list any other class or series of securities on any exchanges, but we are not obligated to do so. We cannot guarantee the liquidity of the trading markets for any securities.

Under agreements that we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of shares of our securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribution with respect to payments that the agents or underwriters may make with respect to these liabilities. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.

If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase our securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of our securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.

We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, our securities offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.

78

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP, Washington, DC. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters, if any, by the counsel named in the prospectus supplement.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held under a custody agreement by U.S. Bank National Association. The address of the custodian is 8 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1100, Houston, Texas 77046. Computershare Trust Company, N.A. acts as our transfer, distribution paying and reinvestment plan agent and registrar. The principal business address of our transfer agent, dividend paying and reinvestment plan agent and registrar is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.

EXPERTS

The financial statements and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) incorporated into this prospectus by reference from the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December31, 2019have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Subject to policies established by our Board of Directors, our investment adviser is responsible for the execution of securities transactions in our portfolio. The investment adviser in making decisions regarding the selection of broker-dealers used to find a buyer or seller for transactions, takes into account the following factors: (i) whether the broker-dealer has any special knowledge of the security; (ii) whether the broker-dealer originally underwrote or sponsored the security; (iii) the ability of the broker-dealer to find a natural buyer or seller for the security; (iv) the operational efficiency with which transactions are effected (such as prompt and accurate confirmation and delivery), taking into account the size of order and difficulty of execution; (v) the financial strength, integrity and stability of the broker-dealer; (vi) the value of brokerage services over and above trade execution provided to the Company; and (vii) any other factors the investment adviser considers to be in the best interest of the Company.

Neither the investment adviser nor the Company has any “soft dollars” arrangement in which a broker-dealer for commissions contracts with and pays a third party on behalf of the investment adviser so that the third party may provide research or brokerage services to the investment adviser. The investment adviser may receive research directly from the broker-dealers with whom it transacts. However, the investment adviser does not “pay up” for such information nor is receipt of the information a primary consideration in broker-dealer selection.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 together with all amendments and related exhibits under the Securities Act. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the securities being offered by this prospectus.

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The information we file with the SEC is available free of charge by contacting us at 8 Sound Shore Drive, Suite 255, Greenwich, CT 06830 or by telephone at (203) 983-5275 or on our website at www.oxfordsquarecapital.com. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants, including us, that file such information electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov. Information contained on our website or on the SEC’s website about us is not incorporated into this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our website or on the SEC’s website to be part of this prospectus.

79

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC. Pursuant to the Small Business Credit Availability Act, we are allowed to “incorporate by reference” the information that we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus, and later information that we file with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information.

We incorporate by reference the documents listed below, and any reports and other documents we subsequently file pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act prior to the termination of the offering of the securities covered by this prospectus, including all such documents we may file with the SEC after the date of this registration statement and prior to its effectiveness, will also be incorporated by reference into this prospectus and deemed to be part of this prospectus from the date of the filing of such reports and documents; provided, however, that information “furnished” under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of Form 8-K, or other information “furnished” to the SEC, which is not deemed filed is not and will not be incorporated by reference:

•        our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December31, 2019, filed with the SEC on February26, 2020;

•        our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on June11, 2019;

•        the description of our common stock contained in Exhibit 4.8 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December31, 2019 (filed with the SEC on February26, 2020), which updated the description thereof in our Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 000-50398) filed with the SEC on September23, 2003, including any amendment or report filed for the purpose of updating such description prior to the termination of the offering registered hereby.

•        our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March25, 2020.

•        our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March31, 2020, filed with the SEC on April29, 2020.

Our periodic and current reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as this prospectus are available on our website at www.oxfordsquarecapital.com. You may also request a copy of these filings (other than exhibits, unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into these documents) at no cost by writing or calling Investor Relations at the following address and telephone number:

Oxford Square Capital Corp.

8 Sound Shore Drive

Suite 255

Greenwich, Connecticut

(203) 983-5275

You should rely only on the information incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information, and you should not rely on such information if you receive it. We are not making an offer of or soliciting an offer to buy, any securities in any state or other jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or in the documents incorporated by reference herein is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus or those documents.

80

$70,000,000

Oxford Square Capital Corp.

5.50% Notes due 2028

———————————————————

Prospectus Supplement

May13, 2021

———————————————————

	Joint Book-Running Managers
Ladenburg Thalmann	B. Riley Securities	William Blair
	Lead Managers

Compass Point Incapital National Securities Corporation